-
1 отношения по наследованию
Русско-английский юридический словарь > отношения по наследованию
-
2 à
prép.║ A verbe (nom d'action) + à + nom 1. lieu (station — direction) 2. temps 3. distance 4. attribution et privation 5. appartenance 6. obligation 7. relations diverses 8. selon 9. comparaison 10. but 11. effet 12. moyen, instrument 13. manière 14. relations de mesure ║ B nom d'objet + à + nom 1. qualité, structure, source 2. usage 3. contenu 4. prix 5. succession ║ C nom + à + inf 1. qualification, usage 2. destination 3. intensité, conséquence ║ D adj. + à + nom (ou inf) 1. rapports divers 2. intensité 3. niveau, partie 4. avec seul, premier, etc. ║ E verbe + à + inf 1. complément d'un verbe 2. ordre, obligation 3. intensité, conséquence 4. condition ║ F avec des numéraux 1. approximation 2. distribution, succession 3. vitesse 4. communauté ║ G exclamations À (verbe + à + nom; nom; nom d'action + à + nom; à + nom) 1. (lieu: opposition station — direction) в (+ P) — в (+ A); на (+ P) — на (+ A); у (+ G) — к (+ D); за (+) — за (+ A) 1) ( sens général) в (+ P) (station); в (+ A) (direction);il va à Paris (au Japon) — он е́дет в Пари́ж (в Япо́нию); il travaille au lycée (à la campagne) — он рабо́тает в лице́е (в дере́вне)il habite à Paris (au Japon) — он живёт в Пари́же (в Япо́нии);
son voyage à Moscou — его́ пое́здка в Москву́son séjour à Moscou — его́ пребыва́ние в Москве́;
aller à Cuba — е́хать/по= на Ку́буvivre à Cuba — жить ipf. на Ку́бе;
║ (en parlant d'une surface verticale ou horizontale (terre, étage, etc.)):mettre les rideaux à une fenêtre — ве́шать/ пове́сить занаве́ски на окно́; au mur — на стене́, на сте́ну; il couche au premier — он спит (его́ спа́льня) на второ́м этаже́; il monte au premier — он поднима́ется на второ́й эта́ж; il est étendu à terre — он лежи́т на земле́; le coup le jeta à terre — от уда́ра он упа́л на зе́млюil y a des rideaux aux fenêtres — на о́кнах вися́т занаве́ски;
ils sont allés au nord — они́ уе́хали на се́верce village se trouve au nord de Paris — э́та дере́вня нахо́дится к северу́ (на се́вер) от Пари́жа;
║ (avec certains substantifs exprimant une position en gênerai, le lieu de travail ou d'occupation):mettre qch. à sa place — ста́вить/по= что-л. на [своё] ме́сто; à l'angle de la rue — на углу́ у́лицы; ils sont étendus au soleil (à l'ombre) — они́ лежа́т на со́лнце (в те́ни); mettre qch. à l'ombre — поста́вить что-л. в тень; à l'aérodrome — на аэродро́ме, на аэродро́м; à la gare — на вокза́ле, на вокза́л; à la poste — на по́чте, на по́чту; à l'usine — на заво́де, на заво́д; au marché — на ры́нке, на ры́нок; à la chasse — на охо́те, на охо́ту; à l'exposition — на вы́ставке, на вы́ставку; au concert — на конце́рте, на конце́ртil est à sa place — он на [своём] ме́сте;
║ (avec des noms de parties du corps) в (+ P), на (+ P);il est blessé au bras gauche — он ра́нен в ле́вую ру́ку; le sourire aux lèvres — с улы́бкой на губа́х (на лице́); une douleur à la jambe — боль в ноге́la pipe à la bouche — с тру́бкой во рту <в зуба́х>;
║ (au sens figuré, devant des noms abstraits, d'action ou d'état) в (+ P), на (+ P);mettre au desespoir — поверга́ть/пове́ргнуть в отча́яние; être au régime — быть <сиде́ть> ipf. на дие́те; mettre au régime — сажа́ть/посади́ть на дие́ту; être à la charge de qn. — быть на иждиве́нии у кого́-л. ; prendre qn. à sa charge — брать/ взять на [своё] иждиве́ние кого́-л.être au désespoir — быть в отча́янии;
║ (complément du superlatif) в (+ P), на (+ P);ce que j'aime le plus au monde — то, что я люблю́ бо́льше всего́ на све́теle plus grand au monde — са́мый большо́й в ми́ре;
il va à la fenêtre (au tableau) — он идёт к окну́ (к доске́); je viens à vous — я иду́ к вам; suspendre une lampe au plafond — подве́шивать/подве́сить ла́мпу к потолку́; être à table — сиде́ть ipf. за столо́м; se mettre à table — сади́ться/сесть за столil est debout à la fenêtre (au tableau) — он стои́т у окна́ (у до́ски);
3) (éloignement, provenance) в (+ P); из (+ G);prendre de l'eau à la source — набира́ть/наора́ть воды́ из родника́prendre un livre à la bibliothèque — брать / взять кни́гу в библиоте́ке;
2. (temps)1) (moment exact) в (+ A; + P), на (+ P);à l'aube — на заре́; arriver à trois heures — приезжа́ть / прие́хать в три часа́;à midi — в по́лдень;
v. tableau «Heure»;au début du mois de mai — в нача́ле ма́я;à vingt ans — в два́дцать лет;
v. tableau «Date et datation»║ (fêtes) на (+ A);au Jour de l'An — в день Но́вого го́даà Pâques — на Па́сху;
2) (ordre) на (+ P);à chaque pas — на ка́ждом ша́гуà la dixième minute — на деся́той мину́те;
3) (durée) на (+ A);louable à l'année — сдава́емый на год
4) (point final) до (+ G); на (+ A);à lundi — до понеде́льника; à jamais — навсегда́; remettre l'affaire au lendemain (à huitaine, à dix heures) — откла́дывать/отложи́ть де́ло на за́втра (до за́втра) (на неде́лю, на де́сять часо́в (до десяти́ часо́в)) 5) (simultanéité, lors de) — за (+), во вре́мя (+ G); au déjeuner — за за́втраком, во вре́мя за́втракаà demain — до за́втра;
║ (avec des noms d'action remplaçant une subordonnée) при (+ P);se traduit aussi par un gérondif ou une subordonnée de temps:à son arrivée — при его́ прие́зде, когда́ он прие́хал; à la vue du train — при ви́де по́езда, уви́дев по́езд; à ces mots, il sortit — при э́тих слова́х <с э́тими слова́ми, сказа́в э́то,> он вы́шелà la sortie du cinéma — при вы́ходе из кино́, выходя́ из кино́, когда́ он вы́ходил из кино́;
3. (distance)1) de... à (espace) от (+ G) (à partir de)... до (+ G); из (+ G) (de dedans)... в (+ A); с (+ G)... на (+ A);de ja Mer Blanche au Caucase — от Бе́лого мо́ря до Кавка́за, du Nord au Sud — с се́вера на юг; от се́вера до ю́га ║ du premier au dernier — от пе́рвого до после́днегоde Paris à Marseille — от Пари́жа До Марсе́ля; из Пари́жа в Марсе́ль;
║ (temps) от (+ G); с (+ G)... до (+ G); по (+ A) (dates);du matin au soir — с утра́ до ве́чера; nous avons cours de cinq à sept — у нас заня́тия от пяти́ до семи́; du 10 au 20 février — с деся́того до двадца́того <по двадца́тое> февраля́; (ч. tableau «Date et datation»)du début à la fin — от <с> нача́ла до конца́;
2) à... de в (+ P)... от (+ G);à quelques mètres du bord de la route — в не́скольких ме́трах от кра́я доро́ги; à 10 minutes de marche de l'hôtel — в десяти́ мину́тах ходьбы́ от гости́ницы;à 100 kilomètres d'ici (de la mer) — в ста киломе́трах отсю́да (от мо́ря);
(v. tableau « Distance»)4. (attribution et privation) 1) (attribution) D seult.; к (+ D);dire qch. à qn. — говори́ть / сказа́ть кому́-л. что-л.; montrer qch. à qn. — пока́зывать / показа́ть кому́-л. что-л. ; promettre qch. à qn. — обеща́ть/по= кому́-л. что-л.; s'adresser à qn. — обраща́ться / обрати́ться к кому́-л.; attacher qch. à qch. — привя́зывать / привяза́ть что-л. к чему́-л. ; à mon ami Pierre (inscription) — мо́ему́ дру́гу Пье́руdonner qch. à qn. — дава́ть/дать кому́-л. что-л.;
2) (enlèvement, privation) от (+ G); у (+ G);il a emprunté de l'argent à son ami — он за́нял де́нег у дру́га; cacher qch. à qn. — скрыва́ть/скрыть что-л. от кого́-л.; acheter qch. à qn. — покупа́ть/ купи́ть что-л. у кого́-л. ; arracher le masque à qn. — срыва́ть/сорва́ть ма́ску с кого́-л.il a pris ce crayon à un camarade — он взял э́тот каранда́ш у това́рища;
5. (appartenance) G seult., pronom possessif;D seult. avec le verbe принадле́жать;ce livre est à moi (à toi, etc. à Jean) — э́то моя́ кни́га (твоя́, etc., Жа́на), э́та кни́ги при надлежи́т мне (тебе́, etc., Жа́ну)à qui est ce livre — чья э́то кни́га?, кому́ принадлежи́т э́та кни́га?;
║ parfois se traduit avec un adjectif d'ар- partenance:le chapeau à ma sœur — шля́пка мое́й сестры́, се́стрина шля́пка; fils à papa — па́пенькин сыно́кla vache à mon oncle — коро́ва моего́ дя́дюшки, дя́дюшкина коро́ва;
║ (avec renforcement) со́бственный;il a un style à lui — у него́ свой со́бственный <осо́бый> стиль
6. (obligation) D + inf;se traduit aussi avec я, ты, etc. до́лжен + inf;à vous de jouer — вам игра́ть; à vous de le dire — э́то сказа́ть должны́ вы; c'est à moi de l'aider — я до́лжен ему́ помо́чь, помо́чь ему́ — моя́ обя́занность (avec mise en relief); ce n'est pas à nous de critiquer — не нам критикова́ть [э́то]à vous la parole — вам говори́ть, вам [ва́ше] сло́во;
7. (relations diverses — après certains verbes) D seult.;se traduit par une forme casuelle avec ou sans préposition, v. le verbe:résister à qn. — сопротивля́ться ipf. seult. кому́-л.; succéder à qn. — насле́довать ipf. кому́-л.céder à qn. — уступа́ть / уступи́ть кому́-л. ;
║ A seult.;survivre à qn. — пережи́ть pf. кого́-л.
║ seult.;s'intéresser à qch. — интересова́ться ipf. чём-л.tenir à qcn — дорожи́ть ipf. чём-л.;
║ для (+ G) (emploi);employer qch. à qch. — употребля́ть / употреби́ть что-л. для чего́-л.servir à qch. — служи́ть ipf. для чего́-л. ;
║ (rejet) от (+ G);renoncer à qch. — отка́зываться / отказа́ться /от чего́-л.
║ (tendance, contact) к (+ D);aboutir à qch. — приводи́ть/ привести́ к чему́-л. ; habituer à qch. — приуча́ть / приучи́ть к чему́-л. ; se préparer à qch. — гото́виться ipf. к чему́-л. ; réduire qch. à qch. — своди́ть / свести́ что-л. к чему́-л.; s'allier à qn. — присоединя́ться / присоеди́ниться к кому́-л.tendre à qch. — стреми́ться ipf. к чему́-л.;
║ (indice) по (+ D);je l'ai reconnu à sa démarche — я узна́л его́ по похо́дке
║ в (+ A);jouer à qch. — игра́ть/сыгра́ть во что-л.initier à qch. — посвяща́ть/посвяти́ть во что-л. ;
║ (réaction) на (+ A);consentir à qch. — соглаша́ться / согласи́ться на что-л. ; se décider à qch. — реша́ться / реши́ться на что-л.répondre à qch. — отвеча́ть/ отве́тить на что-л.;
║ (rapport entre deux objets) с (+);comparer qch. à qch. — сра́внивать/сравни́ть что-л. с чем-л.lier qch. à qch. — свя́зывать / связа́ть что-л. с чем-л.;
║ (occupation) над (+);réfléchir à qch. — размышля́ть ipf. над чем-л.travailler à qch. — рабо́тать ipf. над чем-л.;
║ (objet pensé) о (+ P);rêver à qch. — мечта́ть ipf. о чём-л.penser à qch. — ду́мать/по= о чём-л. ;
║ (participation) в (+ P);participer à qch. — уча́ствовать ipf. в чём-л.;
renonciation à un projet — отка́з от пла́наréponse à une question — отве́т на вопро́с;
8. (selon) по (+ D);à l'invitation de qn. — по чьему́-л. приглаше́нию; à ma demande — по мое́й про́сьбе; juger à sa valeur — суди́ть ipf. no — досто́инствуà l'exemple de son frère — по приме́ру своего́ бра́та;
9. (comparaison);notre équipe a vaincu par 6 à 2 — на́ша кома́нда победи́ла со счётом шесть: два
10. (but) за (+), по (+ A) vx. ou région;aller aux champignons — идти́/пойти́ за гриба́ми <по грибы́>
11. (effet> к (+ D), на(+ A);à la satisfaction de tous — ко всео́бщему удовлетворе́нию; à ma grande surprise — к мо́ему вели́кому удивле́ниюà ma grande joie — к мое́й ра́дости, на моё сча́стье;
12. (moyen, instrument) seult.;pêcher à la ligne — лови́ть ipf. [ры́бу] у́дочкой; peindre à l'huile — писа́ть ма́сломécrire à la plume — писа́ть/на= перо́м;
aller à bicyclette — е́хать ipf. на велосипе́де; marcher à l'électricité — рабо́тать ipf. на электри́честве; examiner à la loupe — рассма́тривать/рассмотре́ть ∫ с по́мощью лу́пы (че́рез лу́пу); travail fait à la main — ручна́я рабо́таfermer la porte à clé — запира́ть/запере́ть дверь на ключ;
║ (éclairage) при (+ P);dîner aux chandelles — у́жинать/по= при свеча́хtravailler à la lumière du jour — рабо́тать при дневно́м све́те;
13. (manière)1) (adverbe ou locution adverbiale, v. le nom correspondant):à cheval — верхо́м; à la nage — вплавь; marcher au pas — идти́/пойти́ в но́гу; vendre à perte — продава́ть/прода́ть с убы́тком; à tâtons — нао́щупь, о́щупью; à poil — нагишо́мà pied — пешко́м;
2) (imitation) по (+ D); на (+ A);à ma manière — по-мо́ему, как я; chacun à sa manière — ка́ждый по-сво́емуelle se coiffe à la dernière mode — она́ причёсывается по после́дней мо́де;
║ à la... se traduit par un adverbe formé d'après le modèle ou par les tournures: по-...-ски; на + adj. + мане́р < лад>; а-ля fam., iron.;ou se rend par un adjectif:le trot à l'anglaise — англи́йская рысь; du riz à l'indienne — рис по-инди́йски; une pose à la Napoléon — по́за а-ля Наполео́н, наполео́новская по́заs'habiller à l'européenne — одева́ться/оде́ться по-европе́йски (на европе́йский мане́р);
3) (intensité) до (+ G) ou adverbe d'intensité;aimer à la folie — безу́мно люби́ть/по=, люби́ть до безу́мия
║ les expressions à + plein (grand, etc.) + substantif se traduisent par un adverbe ou une locution adverbiale:donner à pleines mains — дава́ть / дать ще́дрой руко́й; marcher à grands pas — идти́ / пойти́ больши́ми шага́ми; rouler à grande vitesse — е́хать ipf. бы́стро, мча́ться ipf. со всей ско́ростьюparler à haute voix — говори́ть ipf. гро́мким го́лосом;
14. (relations de mesure)1) (prix) за (+ A);à prix coûtant — по себесто́имости, по свое́й цене́ (au prix de revient) 2) ( unité de mesure) — на (+ A, souvent pl.); vendre au mètre (au poids, au kilo, au litre) — продава́ть / прода́ть на ме́тры (на вес, на килогра́ммы, на ли́тры); В (nom d'objet + à + nom)je vous le laisse à mille francs — я уступа́ю вам э́то за ты́сячу фра́нков:
1. (qualité, structure, source) с (+), в (+ P), на (+ P);adjectif simple ou composé;un avion à réaction — реакти́вный самолёт; charrette à bras — ручна́я теле́жка; un moteur à combustion interne — дви́гатель вну́треннего сгора́ния; un bureau à tiroirs — пи́сьменный стол с я́щиками; une robe à ramages — пла́тье с разво́дами; une veste à carreaux — пиджа́к в кле́тку, кле́тчатый пиджа́к; un chapeau à larges bords — шля́па с широ́кими поля́ми, широкопо́лая шля́паune machine à vapeur — парова́я маши́на;
║ (mets):omelette au lard — яи́чница с са́лом (на са́ле); des sardines à l'huile — сарди́ны в ма́слеcafé au lait — ко́фе с молоко́м;
║ (vêtements, etc.):l'homme à la canne — челове́к с тро́сточкой; une femme à la mise modeste — скро́мно оде́тая же́нщинаl'homme au chapeau — мужчи́на в шля́пе;
un oiseau au long cou — пти́ца с дли́нной ше́ей, длинноше́яя пти́ца; une jeune fille aux yeux bleus — де́вушка с голубы́ми глаза́ми, голубогла́зая де́вушкаun homme à moustache — мужчи́на с уса́ми, уса́тый мужчи́на;
2. (usage) для (+ G);adj. seult.;une boîte à bijoux — шкату́лка для драгоце́нностей; une tasse à thé — ча́йная ча́шка; vase à fleurs — ва́за для цвето́в, цвето́чная ва́заun pot à eau — кувши́н для воды́;
3. (contenu) на (+ A);le droit au repos — пра́во на о́тдых
4. (prix)1) за (+ A), adj. composé;un timbre à 6 kopecks — ма́рка за шесть копе́ек, шестикопе́ечная ма́ркаune cravate à 60 francs — га́лстук за шестьдеся́т фра́нков;
2) по (+ D;+ A) ( par unité);à 50 francs la pièce — по пяти́десяти фра́нков за шту́ку, пятьдеся́т фра́нков шту́ка; quatre timbres à six kopecks — четы́ре ∫ ма́рки по шесть копе́ек <шестикопе́ечные ма́рки>des livres à 100 francs — кни́ги ∫ за сто фра́нков ка́ждая <по сто фра́нков за ка́ждую>;
5. (succession) по (+ D), за (+);pas à pas — шаг за ша́гом ; 1. (qualification, usage) для (+ G), adj. seult.;goutte à goutte — по ка́пле, ка́пля за ка́плей;
machine à coudre — шве́йная маши́наaiguilles à tricoter — спи́цы для вяза́ния, вяза́льные спи́цы;
║ se traduit aussi par un seul mot ou une expression figée:fille à marier — дочь на вы́даньеchambre à coucher — спа́льня;
2. (destination)1) для + subst. verbal; se traduit par une relative avec на́до, ну́жно, сле́дует (on doit); мо́жно (on peut);chambre à louer (annonce) — сдаётся ко́мната; un exemple à imiter — приме́р, досто́йный подража́ния; une idée à développer — иде́я, кото́рую на́до (ну́жно, сле́дует) разви́ть; un travail à refaire — рабо́та, кото́рую ну́жно переде́латьmaison à vendre (annonce) — продаётся дом;
2):c'est... à + inf ∑ A + ну́жно <мо́жно> + inf;c'est une pièce à voir — э́ту пье́су ну́жно посмотре́ть; c'est un jour à rester chez soi — в тако́й день ну́жно <прихо́дится> остава́ться до́ма (cf. Ece sont des choses à jeter — э́ти ве́щи мо́жно вы́бросить;
2.)3. (intensité, conséquence) тако́й..., что + forme finie du verbe; adj. composé seult.;une voix à casser les vitres — тако́й го́лос, что стёкла ло́паются ;des sanglots à fendre l'âme — душераздира́ющие рыда́ния; таки́е рыда́ния, что душа́ разрыва́ется;
D (adj. + à + nom ou inf) se traduit par une forme casuelle avec ou sans préposition, l'infinitif étant souvent remplacé par un substantif verbal (devant l'infinitif russe à ne se traduit pas;v. les adjectifs correspondants) 1. (rapports divers) 1) (conformité) D seult.;║ (attitude) D seult. favorable (hostile) à qn. — благоприя́тствующий (вражде́бный) кому́-л.contraire (semblable) à qch. — противопо́ложный (подо́бный) чему́-л.
║ (capacité) к (+ D);prêt à partir — гото́вый уе́хатьprêt à qch. — гото́вый к чему́-л.;
║ (perception):sensible (sourd) à qch. — чувстви́тельный (глухо́й) к чему́-л.
║ (possibilité) для (+ G);bon à manger — го́дный для еды́, съедо́бный (| (perception passive) — на (+ A); doux à (au) toucher — мя́гкий на о́щупь; agréable à voir — прия́тный на видfacile à comprendre — лёгкий для понима́ния;
cette explication est facile à comprendre — э́то объясне́ние нетру́дно поня́ть; il est habile à manier le pinceau — он уме́ло де́йствует ки́стьюc'est agréable à voir — на э́то прия́тно посмотре́ть;
2. (intensité) se traduit par un adverbe ou une expression figée:plein à déborder — по́лный до краёвplein à craquer — битко́м наби́тый;
3. (niveau, partie) на (+ A);vide aux deux tiers — на две тре́ти пусто́й;aux trois quarts plein — по́лный на три че́тверти;
à moitié vide — наполови́ну пусто́й, полупусто́й; à demi — наполови́нуà moitié plein — наполови́ну напо́лненный;
4. (avec seul, premier, etc.):il était le seul à le comprendre — он оди́н э́то по́нял; он был еди́нственным, кто по́нял э́то;je suis le premier à faire cela — я сде́лал э́то пе́рвым <пе́рвый>; я был пе́рвым, кто сде́лал э́то;
E (verbe + à + inf)1. (complément d'un verbe) à ne se traduit pas devant l'infinitif russe mais peut se traduire par une préposition devant le nom verbal correspondant, selon A 7. ou C 2.:il commence à lire — он начина́ет чита́ть; je demande à voir — разреши́те посмотре́ть; je l'ai obligé à tout recommencer — я обяза́л его́ сде́лать всё снача́ла; donner à boire — дава́ть пить <напи́ться>; il m'a donné un livre à lire — он дал мне ∫ прочита́ть кни́гу <кни́гу для чте́ния>; il se prépare à partir — он гото́вится уе́хать <к отъе́зду>il aime à aller au cinéma — он лю́бит ходи́ть, в кино́;
2. (ordre, obligation) inf seult.; для + subst. verbal;à refaire — переде́лать!, на переде́лку; à revoir — пересмотре́ть; для пересмо́тра;à recopier — на перепи́ску, переписа́ть!;
c'est à + inf:c'est à n'y pas croire — э́тому невозмо́жно пове́рить, э́то невероя́тно; il n'y a plus rien à craindre — бо́льше не́чего боя́ться;c'est à refaire — э́то сле́дует переде́лать;
avoir à + inf:j'ai encore deux pages à traduire — я до́лжен <∑ мне ну́жно> перевести́ ещё две страни́цы
3. (intensité, conséquence) так..., что; до того́..., что; тако́й..., что;il est malade à garder le lit — он так бо́лен, что до́лжен лежа́ть в посте́ли;il chantait à faire pleurer — он пел так, что хоте́лось пла́кать;
c'est à + inf хоть..., пря́мо-та́ки;c'est à rougir de honte — хоть сквозь зе́млю провали́сь со стыда́; c'était à mourir de rire — пря́мо со сме́ху помрёшьc'est à s'arracher les cheveux — хоть во́лосы рви на себе́;
4. (condition) е́сли... [, то...];à dire vrai — говоря́ по пра́вде; à y bien regarder... — е́сли полу́чше присмо́треться..., присмо́тревшись полу́чше...; à en juger par... — е́сли суди́ть <су́дя> по...; 1. (approximation) от (+ G)... до (+ G); deux numéraux réunis par un tiret:gérondif,
à vous croire... — е́сли вам ве́рить...;il a de 40 à 50 ans — ему́ ∫ лет со́рок — пятьдеся́т <от сорока́ до пяти́десяти лет>;
(v. tableau « Approximation»)2. (distribution, succession) 1) по (+ D); за (+);ils marchaient deux à deux — они́ шли; ∫ по дво́е <па́ра за па́рой>nous entrâmes un à un — мы вошли́ ∫ по одному́ <оди́н за други́м>;
2) (fois) в (+ A);s'y prendre à deux (trois, quatre) fois pour... — бра́ться/взя́ться во второ́й (в тре́тий, в четвёртый) раз, что́бы...
3. (vitesse) в (+ A);nous roulons à 100 kilomètres à l'heure — мы е́дем со ско́ростью сто киломе́тров в час30 kilomètres à la minute — три́дцать киломе́тров в мину́ту;
4. (communauté) se traduit par des adverbes formés sur les numéraux de 1 a 10:il ne peut pas faire cela à lui seul — он не мо́жет сде́лать э́того оди́н <в одино́чку>; à 2, à 3..., à 10 — вдвоём, втроём..., вдесятеро́м; à eux deux ils réussirent à... — они́ вдвоём суме́ли...; ils vivent à 6 dans la même pièce — они́ живу́т вшестеро́м <[по] шесть челове́к> в одно́й ко́мнате; nous neus sommes mis à plusieurs pour faire ce travail ∑ — нас собрало́сь неско́лько челове́к, что́бы сде́лать э́ту рабо́ту; ils se sont mis à 20 pour soulever ce fardeau ∑ — пона́добилось два́дцать челове́к, что́бы подня́ть э́тот груз;à lui seul — в одино́чку;
G (exclamations):à bientôt! — до ско́рого [свида́ния]!, до встре́чи!; à demain — до за́втра!; à votre santé! — за ва́ше здоро́вье!; à votre aise! — как вам уго́дно!; au diable! — к чёрту!; à moi! — ко мне!; au secours! — на по́мощь!; à l'assassin! [— карау́л], убива́ют!; au voleur! — держи́ во́ра!; au feu! — пожа́р!; au suivant! — сле́дующий!au revoir! — до свида́ния!;
-
3 law
1) право ( в объективном смысле)2) закон3) общее право5) юстиция; юристы•according to law — в соответствии с правом, с законом; правомерно | соответствующий праву, закону; правомерный, законный;
law and order — правопорядок;
law and usage of Parliament — парламентский обычай;
law as amended — закон в изменённой редакции;
law as fact — право как факт, право как сущее;
law as norm — право как норма, право как должное;
at law — в соответствии с правом, в силу права, в области права; в рамках общего права;
law Christian — церковное право;
contrary to law — в противоречии с правом; в противоречии с законом | противоречащий праву; противоречащий закону;
law due to expire — закон с истекающим сроком действия;
law for the time being — закон, действующий в настоящее время;
law in force — 1. действующее право 2. действующий закон;
in law — по закону;
contemplation in law — 1. юридически значимые намерения, цель 2. точка зрения закона;
law in vigour — действующий закон;
law martial — военное положение;
law merchant — торговое право; обычное торговое право;
law spiritual — церковное право;
to be in trouble with the law — вступить в конфликт с законом;
to carry law into effect — ввести закон в действие;
to clarify the law — разъяснить смысл правовой нормы, закона;
to consult the law — обратиться за разъяснением к закону; обратиться за консультацией к юристу, к адвокату;
to continue existing law — продлевать действие существующей правовой нормы, закона;
to create new law — создавать новую правовую норму; принимать (новый) закон;
to elaborate the law — разрабатывать закон;
to emerge as law — обретать силу закона;
to get into difficulty with the law — вступить в конфликт с законом;
to go to law — обратиться к правосудию;
to keep law current — модернизировать право, закон;
to make laws — законодательствовать;
to practice law — заниматься юридической [адвокатской] практикой;
to provide for by law — предусмотреть законом, узаконить;
to restate the law — переформулировать, перередактировать правовую норму, закон;
to stand to the law — предстать перед судом;
to strain the law — допустить натяжку в истолковании закона;
to teach law — преподавать право;
law unacted upon — закон, который не соблюдается;
within the law — в рамках закона, в пределах закона
- law of armslaw of international organizations — право, регулирующее деятельность международных организаций
- law of civil procedure
- law of conflict of laws
- law of conflict
- law of contract
- law of copyright
- law of corrections
- law of crimes
- law of crime
- law of criminal procedure
- law of domestical relations
- law of domestic relations
- law of employment
- law of equity
- law of evidence
- law of God
- law of honour
- law of industrial relations
- law of international trade
- law of landlord and tenant
- law of marriage
- law of master and servant
- law of merchants
- law of merchant shipping
- law of nations
- law of nature
- law of neighbouring tenements
- law of obligation
- law of outer space
- law of peace
- law of personal property
- law of persons
- law of power
- law of practice
- law of prize
- law of procedure
- law of property
- law of quasi-contract
- law of real property
- law of shipping
- law of substance
- law of succession
- law of taxation
- law of the air
- law of the case
- law of the church
- law of the Constitution
- law of the court
- law of the flag
- law of the land
- law of the sea
- law of the situs
- law of the staple
- law of torts
- law of treaties
- law of trusts
- law of war
- abnormal law
- absolute law
- actual law
- adjective law
- adjective patent law
- administrative law
- admiralty law
- admitted law
- agrarian law
- air carriage law
- ambassadorial law
- American Indian law
- American international law
- Antarctic law
- anti-corrupt practices laws
- antipollution laws
- anti-trust laws
- antiunion laws
- applicable law
- applied law
- bad law
- banking law
- basic law
- binding law
- blue law
- blue sky laws
- Brehon laws
- broken law
- business law
- canon law
- case law
- census disclosure law
- church law
- cited law
- civil law
- club law
- commercial law
- commitment law
- common law
- company law
- comparative law
- compiled laws
- congressional law
- conservation laws
- consolidated laws
- conspiracy law
- constitutional law
- consuetudinary law
- consular law
- continental law
- contract law
- conventional law
- conventional international law
- copyright law
- corporate law
- criminal law
- crown law
- current law
- customary law
- customary international law
- customs law
- decisional law
- diplomatic law
- discriminating law
- discriminatory law
- domestic law
- domiciliary law
- dormant law
- draft law
- dry law
- ecclesiastical law
- economic law
- educational law
- effective law
- efficacious law
- election law
- emergency laws
- employment law
- enacted law
- enforceable law
- enrolled law
- environmental law
- equity law
- established law
- exchange law
- exclusion laws
- executive law
- executively inspired law
- existing law
- ex post facto law
- extradition laws
- extradition law
- factory laws
- factory law
- fair employment practices law
- fair trade laws
- family law
- fecial law
- federal law
- feudal law
- finance law
- fiscal law
- foreign law
- formal law
- free law
- French Canadian law
- fundamental law
- game laws
- general law
- generally applicable law
- gibbet law
- good law
- group law
- Halifax law
- harsh law
- health laws
- highway laws
- highway traffic law
- homestead laws
- housing law
- hovering laws
- humanitarian law
- immutable law
- industrial law
- industrial property case law
- inheritance law
- inner comparative law
- insurance law
- interlocal criminal law
- internal law
- internal-revenue law
- international law
- international law of the sea
- international administrative law
- international conventional law
- international criminal law
- international fluvial law
- international public law
- interpersonal law
- interstate law
- intertemporal law
- intestate laws
- introduced law
- Jim Crow laws
- judaic law
- judge-made law
- judicial law
- judiciary law
- labour relations law
- labour law
- land law
- legislation law
- licensing law
- living law
- Lynch law
- magisterial law
- maritime law
- market law
- marriage law
- martial law
- matrimonial law
- mercantile law
- military law
- mining law
- mob law
- model law
- modern law
- Mohammedan law
- moral law
- municipal law
- national law
- nationality law
- natural law
- naval law
- naval prize law
- neutrality laws
- new law
- no-fault law
- nondiscriminating law
- nondiscriminatory law
- non-enacted law
- nuclear law
- obscenity law
- obsolete law
- occupational safety laws
- official law
- official session law volume
- old law
- organic law
- original law
- ostensible law
- outmoded law
- pamphlet laws
- parliamentary law
- pass law
- passed law
- patent law
- penal law
- permissive law
- personal law
- personal law of origin
- police law
- political law
- poor laws
- positive law
- present law
- prevailing law
- preventive martial law
- prima facie law
- primary law
- prior law
- prison laws
- privacy law
- private law
- private international law
- privilege law
- prize law
- procedural law
- procedural criminal law
- promulgated law
- proper law of the contract
- property law
- proposed law
- provincial law
- public law
- public contract law
- punitive law
- quarantine laws
- real property law
- real law
- regional international law
- relevant law
- remedial law
- retroactive law
- retrospective law
- revenue laws
- road laws
- road transport law
- Roman Civil law
- Roman law
- safety laws
- sea law
- secular law
- session law
- settled law
- slip law
- social security law
- social law
- sound law
- space law
- special law
- speed law
- standing law
- state law
- state-use law
- state-wide law
- statute law
- stringent law
- subsidiary law
- succession law
- sumptuary laws
- Sunday closing laws
- superior law
- supreme law of the land
- tacit law
- tariff law
- tax law
- territorial law
- trade laws
- traditional law
- traffic laws
- transnational law
- treaty law
- unalterable law
- unenforceable law
- unified laws
- uniform law
- ununified laws
- unwritten law
- unwritten constitutional law
- vagrancy laws
- wage and hour laws
- war law
- welfare laws
- wildlife law
- working law
- written law
- written constitutional law
- zoning law
- electoral law
- financial law
- indefeasible law
- merchant law
- statutory law -
4 rapport
rapport [ʀapɔʀ]1. masculine nouna. ( = lien, corrélation) connection• n'avoir aucun rapport avec or être sans rapport avec qch to have no connection with sth• je viens vous voir rapport à votre annonce (inf) I've come (to see you) about your advertisement► en rapport• être en rapport avec qn ( = en contact) to be in touch with sb• nous n'avons jamais été en rapport avec cette société we have never had any dealings with that company• mettre qn en rapport avec qn d'autre to put sb in touch with sb else► par rapport à ( = comparé à) in comparison with ; ( = en fonction de) in relation to ; ( = envers) with respect tob. ( = relation personnelle) relationship (à, avec with)• rapports sociaux/humains social/human relations• avoir or entretenir de bons/mauvais rapports avec qn to be on good/bad terms with sbd. ( = exposé, compte rendu) reporte. ( = revenu, profit) returnf. (Mathematics, technical) ratio2. compounds* * *ʀapɔʀ
1.
nom masculin1) ( lien) connection, linkfaire/établir le rapport entre — to make/to establish the connection ou link between
n'avoir aucun rapport avec — to have nothing to do with, to have no connection with
les deux événements sont sans rapport — the two events are unrelated ou unconnected
un emploi en rapport avec tes goûts — a job suited to ou that matches your interests
2) ( relations)rapports — relations ( entre between)
avoir or entretenir de bons/mauvais rapports avec quelqu'un — to be on good/bad terms with somebody
3) ( contact)être/se mettre en rapport avec quelqu'un — to be/to get in touch with somebody
4) ( point de vue)5) ( compte rendu) report6) Armée daily briefing ( with roll-call)les rapports — the winnings (de on)
être en plein rapport — [arbres, terres] to be in full yield
8) Mathématique, Technologie ratiole rapport hommes/femmes est de trois contre un — the ratio of men to women is three to one
bon/mauvais rapport qualité prix — good/poor value for money
2.
par rapport à locution prépositive1) ( comparé à) compared with2) ( en fonction de)le nombre de voitures par rapport au nombre d'habitants — the number of cars per head of the population
3) ( vis-à-vis de) with regard to, toward(s)l'attitude de la population par rapport à l'immigration — people's attitudes (pl) to immigration
•Phrasal Verbs:* * *ʀapɔʀ nm1) (= compte rendu) reportIl a écrit un rapport. — He wrote a report.
2) (= lien) connection, linkIl y a un rapport évident entre ces faits. — There's an obvious connection between these events., There's an obvious link between these events.
Je ne vois pas le rapport. — I don't see the connection.
par rapport à (= comparé à) — in relation to, (= à propos de) with regard to
avoir rapport à — to have something to do with, to concern
3) (= proportion) MATHÉMATIQUE, TECHNIQUE ratiole rapport prix/surface — the price/area ratio
4) (= relation) (entre personnes, pays) relationshipIls ont de bons rapports. — They have a good relationship.
5) (rapport sexuel) intercourse6) (= profit) yield, returndes obligations de bon rapport — bonds with a good return, bonds with a high yield
* * *A nm1 ( lien) connection, link; faire/établir le rapport entre to make/to establish the connection ou link between; avoir rapport à qch to have something to do with sth; être sans rapport avec to bear no relation to; n'avoir aucun rapport avec to have nothing to do with, to have no connection with; les deux événements sont sans rapport (entre eux) the two events are unrelated ou unconnected; il y a un rapport étroit entre ces deux phénomènes there is a close connection between the two phenomena; je ne vois pas le rapport! I don't see the connection!; il n'y a aucun rapport de parenté entre eux they're not related; un emploi/salaire en rapport avec mes qualifications a job/salary appropriate to ou that matches my qualifications; un emploi en rapport avec tes goûts a job suited to ou that matches your interests; il faut que la peine soit en rapport avec le délit the punishment must fit the crime; rapport de cause à effet relation of cause and effect; rapport à◑ about, concerning; je viens vous voir rapport à mon augmentation I'm coming to see you about my rise GB ou raise US;2 ( relations) rapports relations; rapport amicaux or d'amitié friendly relations; avoir or entretenir de bons/mauvais rapports avec qn to be on good/bad terms with sb; les rapports entre les deux pays sont tendus/amicaux relations between the two countries are strained/friendly; il a des rapports difficiles avec sa mère he has a difficult relationship with his mother; avoir des rapports○ euph to have intercourse ou sex;3 ( contact) être en rapport avec qn to be in touch with sb; nous sommes en rapport avec d'autres entreprises we have dealings with other companies; se mettre en rapport avec qn to get in touch with sb; mettre des gens en rapport to put people in touch with each other;4 ( point de vue) sous le rapport de from the point of view of; sous ce rapport in this respect; sous tous les rapports in every respect; il est bien sous tous (les) rapports he's a decent person in every way ou respect;5 ( compte rendu) report; rapport officiel official report; rapport de police/commission d'enquête police/select committee report; rapport confidentiel confidential report; rédiger un rapport to draw up a report;6 Mil daily briefing (with roll-call);7 ( rendement) return, yield; ( de pari) les rapports the winnings (de on); investissement d' un bon rapport investment that offers a good return or yield; produire un rapport de 4% to produce a return ou yield of 4%; immeuble de rapport block of flats GB ou apartment block US that is rented out; être en plein rapport [arbres, terres] to be in full yield;8 Math, Tech ratio; dans un rapport de 1 à 10 in a ratio of 1 to 10; le rapport hommes/femmes est de trois contre un the ratio of men to women is three to one; bon/mauvais rapport qualité prix good/poor value for money; changer de rapport Aut, Mécan to change gear.B par rapport à loc prép1 ( comparé à) compared with, in comparison with; le chômage a augmenté par rapport à l'an dernier unemployment increased compared with last year; il est généreux/petit par rapport à son frère he's generous/small compared with his brother; par rapport au dollar/mark against the dollar/German mark;2 ( en fonction de) le nombre de voitures par rapport au nombre d'habitants the number of cars in relation to the number of inhabitants; un angle de 40° par rapport à la verticale an angle of 40° to the vertical; un changement par rapport à la position habituelle du parti a change from the usual party line;3 ( vis-à-vis de) with regard to, toward(s); notre position par rapport à ce problème our position with regard to this problem; l'attitude de la population par rapport à l'immigration people's attitude toward(s) immigration.rapport d'engrenage Aut, Mécan gear ratio; rapport de force ( équilibre) balance of power; ( lutte) power struggle; ils veulent créer un rapport de force en leur faveur they want to tilt the balance of power in their favourGB; je rêve d'une relation sans rapport de force I dream of a relationship free of any power struggle; rapports sexuels sexual relations.[rapɔr] nom masculin1. [compte rendu - généralement] reportrapport détaillé item-by-item report, full rundownrapport financier annual (financial) report ou statementb. (figuré & humoristique) let's hear it then!2. [profit] profit3. [ratio] ratiorapport profit-ventes profit-volume ou profit-to-volume ratioa. [généralement] value for moneyn'avoir aucun rapport avec quelque chose to have no connection with ou to bear no relation to somethingson dernier album n'a aucun rapport avec les précédents her latest record is nothing like her earlier onesc'est sans rapport avec le sujet that's beside the point, that's irrelevantcette décision n'est pas sans rapport avec les récents événements this decision isn't totally unconnected with recent eventsrapport de forces: le rapport de forces entre les deux pays the balance of power between the two countries5. DROIT————————rapports nom masculin pluriel————————de rapport locution adjectivale→ link=immeuble immeubleen rapport avec locution prépositionnelle1. [qui correspond à] in keeping with2. [en relation avec]se mettre en rapport avec quelqu'un to get in touch ou contact with somebodypar rapport à locution prépositionnelle1. [en ce qui concerne] regardingon constate un retrait de l'euro par rapport aux autres monnaies européennes the euro has dropped sharply against other European currencies————————sous le rapport de locution prépositionnellesous tous (les) rapports locution adverbiale‘jeune homme bien sous tous rapports’ ‘respectable young man’ -
5 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysisJAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic AssociationSE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)PQ - Psychoanalytic QuarterlyWAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)\О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts\1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
-
6 ab
ăb, ā, abs, prep. with abl. This IndoEuropean particle (Sanscr. apa or ava, Etr. av, Gr. upo, Goth. af, Old Germ. aba, New Germ. ab, Engl. of, off) has in Latin the following forms: ap, af, ab (av), au-, a, a; aps, abs, as-. The existence of the oldest form, ap, is proved by the oldest and best MSS. analogous to the prep. apud, the Sanscr. api, and Gr. epi, and by the weakened form af, which, by the rule of historical grammar and the nature of the Latin letter f, can be derived only from ap, not from ab. The form af, weakened from ap, also very soon became obsolete. There are but five examples of it in inscriptions, at the end of the sixth and in the course of the seventh century B. C., viz.:I.AF VOBEIS,
Inscr. Orell. 3114;AF MVRO,
ib. 6601;AF CAPVA,
ib. 3308;AF SOLO,
ib. 589;AF LYCO,
ib. 3036 ( afuolunt =avolant, Paul. ex Fest. p. 26 Mull., is only a conjecture). In the time of Cicero this form was regarded as archaic, and only here and there used in account-books; v. Cic. Or. 47, 158 (where the correct reading is af, not abs or ab), and cf. Ritschl, Monum. Epigr. p. 7 sq.—The second form of this preposition, changed from ap, was ab, which has become the principal form and the one most generally used through all periods—and indeed the only oue used before all vowels and h; here and there also before some consonants, particularly l, n, r, and s; rarely before c, j, d, t; and almost never before the labials p, b, f, v, or before m, such examples as ab Massiliensibus, Caes. B. C. 1, 35, being of the most rare occurrence.—By changing the b of ab through v into u, the form au originated, which was in use only in the two compounds aufero and aufugio for abfero, ab-fugio; aufuisse for afuisse, in Cod. Medic. of Tac. A. 12, 17, is altogether unusual. Finally, by dropping the b of ab, and lengthening the a, ab was changed into a, which form, together with ab, predominated through all periods of the Latin language, and took its place before all consonants in the later years of Cicero, and after him almoet exclusively.—By dropping the b without lengthening the a, ab occurs in the form a- in the two compounds a-bio and a-perio, q. v.—On the other hand, instead of reducing ap to a and a, a strengthened collateral form, aps, was made by adding to ap the letter s (also used in particles, as in ex, mox, vix). From the first, aps was used only before the letters c, q, t, and was very soon changed into abs (as ap into ab):abs chorago,
Plaut. Pers. 1, 3, 79 (159 Ritschl):abs quivis,
Ter. Ad. 2, 3, 1:abs terra,
Cato, R. R. 51;and in compounds: aps-cessero,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 1, 24 (625 R.); id. ib. 3, 2, 84 (710 R): abs-condo, abs-que, abs-tineo, etc. The use of abs was confined almost exclusively to the combination abs te during the whole ante-classic period, and with Cicero till about the year 700 A. U. C. (=B. C. 54). After that time Cicero evidently hesitates between abs te and a te, but during the last five or six years of his life a te became predominant in all his writings, even in his letters; consequently abs te appears but rarely in later authors, as in Liv. 10, 19, 8; 26, 15, 12;and who, perhaps, also used abs conscendentibus,
id. 28, 37, 2; v. Drakenb. ad. h. l. (Weissenb. ab).—Finally abs, in consequence of the following p, lost its b, and became ds- in the three compounds aspello, as-porto, and as-pernor (for asspernor); v. these words.—The late Lat. verb abbrevio may stand for adbrevio, the d of ad being assimilated to the following b.The fundamental signification of ab is departure from some fixed point (opp. to ad. which denotes motion to a point).In space, and,II.Fig., in time and other relations, in which the idea of departure from some point, as from source and origin, is included; Engl. from, away from, out of; down from; since, after; by, at, in, on, etc.I.Lit., in space: ab classe ad urbem tendunt, Att. ap. Non. 495, 22 (Trag. Rel. p. 177 Rib.):b.Caesar maturat ab urbe proficisci,
Caes. B. G. 1, 7:fuga ab urbe turpissima,
Cic. Att. 7, 21:ducite ab urbe domum, ducite Daphnim,
Verg. E. 8, 68. Cicero himself gives the difference between ab and ex thus: si qui mihi praesto fuerit cum armatis hominibus extra meum fundum et me introire prohibuerit, non ex eo, sed ab ( from, away from) eo loco me dejecerit....Unde dejecti Galli? A Capitolio. Unde, qui cum Graccho fucrunt? Ex Capitolio, etc., Cic. Caecin. 30, 87; cf. Diom. p. 408 P., and a similar distinction between ad and in under ad.—Ellipt.: Diogenes Alexandro roganti, ut diceret, si quid opus esset: Nunc quidem paululum, inquit, a sole, a little out of the sun, Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 92. —Often joined with usque:illam (mulierem) usque a mari supero Romam proficisci,
all the way from, Cic. Clu. 68, 192; v. usque, I.—And with ad, to denote the space passed over: siderum genus ab ortu ad occasum commeant, from... to, Cic. N. D. 2, 19 init.; cf. ab... in:venti a laevo latere in dextrum, ut sol, ambiunt,
Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128.Sometimes with names of cities and small islands, or with domus (instead of the usual abl.), partie., in militnry and nautieal language, to denote the marching of soldiers, the setting out of a flcet, or the departure of the inhabitants from some place:c.oppidum ab Aenea fugiente a Troja conditum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 33:quemadmodum (Caesar) a Gergovia discederet,
Caes. B. G. 7, 43 fin.; so id. ib. 7, 80 fin.; Sall. J. 61; 82; 91; Liv. 2, 33, 6 al.; cf.:ab Arimino M. Antonium cum cohortibus quinque Arretium mittit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 11 fin.; and:protinus a Corfinio in Siciliam miserat,
id. ib. 1, 25, 2:profecti a domo,
Liv. 40, 33, 2;of setting sail: cum exercitus vestri numquam a Brundisio nisi hieme summa transmiserint,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 32; so id. Fam. 15, 3, 2; Caes. B. C. 3, 23; 3, 24 fin.:classe qua advecti ab domo fuerant,
Liv. 8, 22, 6;of citizens: interim ab Roma legatos venisse nuntiatum est,
Liv. 21, 9, 3; cf.:legati ab Orico ad M. Valerium praetorem venerunt,
id. 24, 40, 2.Sometimes with names of persons or with pronouns: pestem abige a me, Enn. ap. Cic. Ac. 2, 28, 89 (Trag. v. 50 Vahl.):B.Quasi ad adulescentem a patre ex Seleucia veniat,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; cf.:libertus a Fuflis cum litteris ad Hermippum venit,
Cic. Fl. 20, 47:Nigidium a Domitio Capuam venisse,
id. Att. 7, 24:cum a vobis discessero,
id. Sen. 22:multa merces tibi defluat ab Jove Neptunoque,
Hor. C. 1, 28, 29 al. So often of a person instead of his house, lodging, etc.: videat forte hic te a patre aliquis exiens, from the father, i. e. from his house, Ter. Heaut. 2, 2, 6:so a fratre,
id. Phorm. 5, 1, 5:a Pontio,
Cic. Att. 5, 3 fin.:ab ea,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 21; and so often: a me, a nobis, a se, etc., from my, our, his house, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 1, 7; Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 50; Cic. Att. 4, 9, 1 al.Transf., without the idea of motion. To designate separation or distance, with the verbs abesse, distare, etc., and with the particles longe, procul, prope, etc.1.Of separation:2.ego te afuisse tam diu a nobis dolui,
Cic. Fam. 2, 1, 2:abesse a domo paulisper maluit,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 18, § 39:tum Brutus ab Roma aberat,
Sall. C. 40, 5:absint lacerti ab stabulis,
Verg. G. 4, 14.—Of distance:3.quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,
Cic. Caecin. 10, 28; cf.:nos in castra properabamus, quae aberant bidui,
id. Att. 5, 16 fin.; and:hic locus aequo fere spatio ab castris Ariovisti et Caesaris aberat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 43, 1:terrae ab hujusce terrae, quam nos incolimus, continuatione distantes,
Cic. N. D. 2, 66, 164:non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab castris castra distabant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 82, 3; cf. id. lb. 1, 3, 103.—With adverbs: annos multos longinque ab domo bellum gerentes, Enn. ap. Non. 402, 3 (Trag. v. 103 Vahl.):cum domus patris a foro longe abesset,
Cic. Cael. 7, 18 fin.; cf.:qui fontes a quibusdam praesidiis aberant longius,
Caes. B. C. 3, 49, 5:quae procul erant a conspectu imperii,
Cic. Agr. 2, 32, 87; cf.:procul a castris hostes in collibus constiterunt,
Caes. B. G. 5, 17, 1; and:tu procul a patria Alpinas nives vides,
Verg. E. 10, 46 (procul often also with simple abl.;v. procul): cum esset in Italia bellum tam prope a Sicilia, tamen in Sicilia non fuit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6; cf.:tu apud socrum tuam prope a meis aedibus sedebas,
id. Pis. 11, 26; and:tam prope ab domo detineri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 3, § 6.—So in Caesar and Livy, with numerals to designate the measure of the distance:onerariae naves, quae ex eo loco ab milibus passuum octo vento tenebatur,
eight miles distant, Caes. B. G. 4, 22, 4; and without mentioning the terminus a quo: ad castra contenderunt, et ab milibus passunm minus duobus castra posuerunt, less than two miles off or distant, id. ib. 2, 7, 3; so id. ib. 2, 5, 32; 6, 7, 3; id. B. C. 1, 65; Liv. 38, 20, 2 (for which:duo milia fere et quingentos passus ab hoste posuerunt castra,
id. 37, 38, 5). —To denote the side or direction from which an object is viewed in its local relations,=a parte, at, on, in: utrum hacin feriam an ab laeva latus? Enn. ap. Plaut. Cist. 3, 10 (Trag. v. 38 Vahl.); cf.:II.picus et cornix ab laeva, corvos, parra ab dextera consuadent,
Plaut. As. 2, 1, 12: clamore ab ea parte audito. on this side, Caes. B. G. 3, 26, 4: Gallia Celtica attingit ab Sequanis et Helvetiis flumen Rhenum, on the side of the Sequani, i. e. their country, id. ib. 1, 1, 5:pleraque Alpium ab Italia sicut breviora ita arrectiora sunt,
on the Italian side, Liv. 21, 35, 11:non eadem diligentia ab decumuna porta castra munita,
at the main entrance, Caes. B. G. 3, 25 fin.:erat a septentrionibus collis,
on the north, id. ib. 7, 83, 2; so, ab oriente, a meridie, ab occasu; a fronte, a latere, a tergo, etc. (v. these words).Fig.A.In time.1.From a [p. 3] point of time, without reference to the period subsequently elapsed. After:2.Exul ab octava Marius bibit,
Juv. 1,40:mulieres jam ab re divin[adot ] adparebunt domi,
immediately after the sucrifice, Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 4:Caesar ab decimae legionis cohortatione ad dextrum cornu profectus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:ab hac contione legati missi sunt,
immediately after, Liv. 24, 22, 6; cf. id. 28, 33, 1; 40, 47, 8; 40, 49, 1 al.:ab eo magistratu,
after this office, Sall. J. 63, 5:a summa spe novissima exspectabat,
after the greatest hope, Tac. A. 6, 50 fin. —Strengthened by the adverbs primum, confestim, statim, protinus, or the adj. recens, immediately after, soon after:ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni,
Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4; so Suet. Tib. 68:confestim a proelio expugnatis hostium castris,
Liv. 30, 36, 1:statim a funere,
Suet. Caes. 85;and followed by statim: ab itinere statim,
id. ib. 60:protinus ab adoptione,
Vell. 2, 104, 3:Homerus qui recens ab illorum actate fuit,
soon after their time, Cic. N. D. 3, 5; so Varr. R. R. 2, 8, 2; Verg. A. 6, 450 al. (v. also primum, confestim, etc.).—Sometimes with the name of a person or place, instead of an action: ibi mihi tuae litterae binae redditae sunt tertio abs te die,
i. e. after their departure from you, Cic. Att. 5, 3, 1: in Italiam perventum est quinto mense a Carthagine Nov[adot ], i. e. after leaving (=postquam a Carthagine profecti sunt), Liv. 21, 38, 1:secundo Punico (bello) Scipionis classis XL. die a securi navigavit,
i. e. after its having been built, Plin. 16, 39, 74, § 192. —Hence the poct. expression: ab his, after this (cf. ek toutôn), i. e. after these words, hereupon, Ov. M. 3, 273; 4, 329; 8, 612; 9, 764.With reference to a subsequent period. From, since, after:b.ab hora tertia bibebatur,
from the third hour, Cic. Phil. 2, 41:infinito ex tempore, non ut antea, ab Sulla et Pompeio consulibus,
since the consulship of, id. Agr. 2, 21, 56:vixit ab omni aeternitate,
from all eternity, id. Div. 1, 51, 115:cum quo a condiscipulatu vivebat conjunctissime,
Nep. Att. 5, 3:in Lycia semper a terrae motu XL. dies serenos esse,
after an earthquake, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211 al.:centesima lux est haec ab interitu P. Clodii,
since the death of, Cic. Mil. 35, 98; cf.:cujus a morte quintus hic et tricesimus annus est,
id. Sen. 6, 19; and:ab incenso Capitolio illum esse vigesumiun annum,
since, Sall. C. 47, 2:diebus triginta, a qua die materia caesa est,
Caes. B. C. 1, 36.—Sometimes joined with usque and inde:quod augures omnes usque ab Romulo decreverunt,
since the time of, Cic. Vat. 8, 20:jam inde ab infelici pugna ceciderant animi,
from the very beginning of, Liv. 2, 65 fin. —Hence the adverbial expressions ab initio, a principio, a primo, at, in, or from the beginning, at first; v. initium, principium, primus. Likewise ab integro, anew, afresh; v. integer.—Ab... ad, from (a time)... to:ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,
Cic. Att. 7, 8, 4; cf.:cum ab hora septima ad vesperum pugnatum sit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 26, 2; and:a quo tempore ad vos consules anni sunt septingenti octoginta unus,
Vell. 1, 8, 4; and so in Plautus strengthened by usque:pugnata pugnast usque a mane ad vesperum,
from morning to evening, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 97; id. Most. 3, 1, 3; 3, 2, 80.—Rarely ab... in: Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie, from... till late in the day, Liv. 27, 2, 9; so Col. 2, 10, 17; Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99; 2, 103, 106, § 229; 4, 12, 26, § 89.Particularly with nouns denoting a time of life:B.qui homo cum animo inde ab ineunte aetate depugnat suo,
from an early age, from early youth, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 24; so Cic. Off. 2, 13, 44 al.:mihi magna cum co jam inde a pueritia fuit semper famillaritas,
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 9; so,a pueritia,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 27 fin.; id. Fam. 5, 8, 4:jam inde ab adulescentia,
Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 16:ab adulescentia,
Cic. Rep. 2, 1:jam a prima adulescentia,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 23:ab ineunte adulescentia,
id. ib. 13, 21, 1; cf.followed by ad: usque ad hanc aetatem ab incunte adulescentia,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 20:a primis temporibus aetatis,
Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 3:a teneris unguiculis,
from childhood, id. ib. 1, 6, 2:usque a toga pura,
id. Att. 7, 8, 5:jam inde ab incunabulis,
Liv. 4, 36, 5:a prima lanugine,
Suet. Oth. 12:viridi ab aevo,
Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 17 al.;rarely of animals: ab infantia,
Plin. 10, 63, 83, § 182.—Instead of the nom. abstr. very often (like the Greek ek paioôn, etc.) with concrete substantives: a pucro, ab adulescente, a parvis, etc., from childhood, etc.:qui olim a puero parvulo mihi paedagogus fuerat,
Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 90; so,a pausillo puero,
id. Stich. 1, 3, 21:a puero,
Cic. Ac. 2, 36, 115; id. Fam. 13, 16, 4 (twice) al.:a pueris,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. de Or. 1, 1, 2 al.:ab adulescente,
id. Quint. 3, 12:ab infante,
Col. 1, 8, 2:a parva virgine,
Cat. 66, 26 al. —Likewise and in the same sense with adject.: a parvo, from a little child, or childhood, Liv. 1, 39, 6 fin.; cf.:a parvis,
Ter. And. 3, 3, 7; Cic. Leg. 2, 4, 9:a parvulo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 8; id. Ad. 1, 1, 23; cf.:ab parvulis,
Caes. B. G. 6, 21, 3:ab tenero,
Col. 5, 6, 20;and rarely of animals: (vacca) a bima aut trima fructum ferre incipit,
Varr. R. R. 2, 1, 13.In other relations in which the idea of going forth, proceeding, from something is included.1.In gen. to denote departure, separation, deterring, avoiding, intermitting, etc., or distance, difference, etc., of inanimate or abstract things. From: jus atque aecum se a malis spernit procul, Enn. ap. Non. 399, 10 (Trag. v. 224 Vahl.):2.suspitionem et culpam ut ab se segregent,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 42:qui discessum animi a corpore putent esse mortem,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 18:hic ab artificio suo non recessit,
id. ib. 1, 10, 20 al.:quod si exquiratur usque ab stirpe auctoritas,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 180:condicionem quam ab te peto,
id. ib. 2, 4, 87; cf.:mercedem gloriae flagitas ab iis, quorum, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 15, 34:si quid ab illo acceperis,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 90:quae (i. e. antiquitas) quo propius aberat ab ortu et divina progenie,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 26:ab defensione desistere,
Caes. B. C. 2, 12, 4:ne quod tempus ab opere intermitteretur,
id. B. G. 7, 24, 2:ut homines adulescentis a dicendi studio deterream,
Cic. de Or. 1, 25, 117, etc.—Of distance (in order, rank, mind, or feeling):qui quartus ab Arcesila fuit,
the fourth in succession from, Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 46:tu nunc eris alter ab illo,
next after him, Verg. E. 5, 49; cf.:Aiax, heros ab Achille secundus,
next in rank to, Hor. S. 2, 3, 193:quid hoc ab illo differt,
from, Cic. Caecin. 14, 39; cf.:hominum vita tantum distat a victu et cultu bestiarum,
id. Off. 2, 4, 15; and:discrepare ab aequitate sapientiam,
id. Rep. 3, 9 fin. (v. the verbs differo, disto, discrepo, dissideo, dissentio, etc.):quae non aliena esse ducerem a dignitate,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7:alieno a te animo fuit,
id. Deiot. 9, 24 (v. alienus). —So the expression ab re (qs. aside from the matter, profit; cf. the opposite, in rem), contrary to one's profit, to a loss, disadvantageous (so in the affirmative very rare and only ante-class.):subdole ab re consulit,
Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12; cf. id. Capt. 2, 2, 88; more frequently and class. (but not with Cicero) in the negative, non, haud, ab re, not without advantage or profit, not useless or unprofitable, adcantageous:haut est ab re aucupis,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 71:non ab re esse Quinctii visum est,
Liv. 35, 32, 6; so Plin. 27, 8, 35; 31, 3, 26; Suet. Aug. 94; id. Dom. 11; Gell. 18, 14 fin.; App. Dogm. Plat. 3, p. 31, 22 al. (but in Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 44, ab re means with respect to the money matter).In partic.a.To denote an agent from whom an action proceeds, or by whom a thing is done or takes place. By, and in archaic and solemn style, of. So most frequently with pass. or intrans. verbs with pass. signif., when the active object is or is considered as a living being: Laudari me abs te, a laudato viro, Naev. ap. Cic. Tusc. 4, 31, 67: injuria abs te afficior, Enn. ap. Auct. Her. 2, 24, 38:b.a patre deductus ad Scaevolam,
Cic. Lael. 1, 1:ut tamquam a praesentibus coram haberi sermo videretur,
id. ib. 1, 3:disputata ab eo,
id. ib. 1, 4 al.:illa (i. e. numerorum ac vocum vis) maxime a Graecia vetere celebrata,
id. de Or. 3, 51, 197:ita generati a natura sumus,
id. Off. 1, 29, 103; cf.:pars mundi damnata a rerum natura,
Plin. 4, 12, 26, § 88:niagna adhibita cura est a providentia deorum,
Cic. N. D. 2, 51 al. —With intrans. verbs:quae (i. e. anima) calescit ab eo spiritu,
is warmed by this breath, Cic. N. D. 2, 55, 138; cf. Ov. M. 1, 417: (mare) qua a sole collucet, Cic. Ac. 2, 105:salvebis a meo Cicerone,
i. e. young Cicero sends his compliments to you, id. Att. 6, 2 fin.:a quibus (Atheniensibus) erat profectus,
i. e. by whose command, Nep. Milt. 2, 3:ne vir ab hoste cadat,
Ov. H. 9, 36 al. —A substantive or adjective often takes the place of the verb (so with de, q. v.):levior est plaga ab amico quam a debitore,
Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 7; cf.:a bestiis ictus, morsus, impetus,
id. Off. 2, 6, 19:si calor est a sole,
id. N. D. 2, 52:ex iis a te verbis (for a te scriptis),
id. Att. 16, 7, 5:metu poenae a Romanis,
Liv. 32, 23, 9:bellum ingens a Volscis et Aequis,
id. 3, 22, 2:ad exsolvendam fldem a consule,
id. 27, 5, 6.—With an adj.:lassus ab equo indomito,
Hor. S. 2, 2, 10:Murus ab ingenic notior ille tuo,
Prop. 5, 1, 126:tempus a nostris triste malis,
time made sad by our misfortunes, Ov. Tr. 4, 3, 36.—Different from per:vulgo occidebantur: per quos et a quibus?
by whom and upon whose orders? Cic. Rosc. Am. 29, 80 (cf. id. ib. 34, 97: cujus consilio occisus sit, invenio; cujus manu sit percussus, non laboro); so,ab hoc destitutus per Thrasybulum (i. e. Thrasybulo auctore),
Nep. Alc. 5, 4.—Ambiguity sometimes arises from the fact that the verb in the pass. would require ab if used in the active:si postulatur a populo,
if the people demand it, Cic. Off. 2, 17, 58, might also mean, if it is required of the people; on the contrary: quod ab eo (Lucullo) laus imperatoria non admodum exspectabatur, not since he did not expect military renown, but since they did not expect military renown from him, Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 2, and so often; cf. Rudd. II. p. 213. (The use of the active dative, or dative of the agent, instead of ab with the pass., is well known, Zumpt, § 419. It is very seldom found in prose writers of the golden age of Roman liter.; with Cic. sometimes joined with the participles auditus, cognitus, constitutus, perspectus, provisus, susceptus; cf. Halm ad Cic. Imp. Pomp. 24, 71, and ad ejusdem, Cat. 1, 7 fin.; but freq. at a later period; e. g. in Pliny, in Books 2-4 of H. N., more than twenty times; and likewise in Tacitus seventeen times. Vid. the passages in Nipperd. ad Tac. A. 2, 49.) Far more unusual is the simple abl. in the designation of persons:deseror conjuge,
Ov. H. 12, 161; so id. ib. 5, 75; id. M. 1, 747; Verg. A. 1, 274; Hor. C. 2, 4, 9; 1, 6, 2;and in prose,
Quint. 3, 4, 2; Sen. Contr. 2, 1; Curt. 6, 7, 8; cf. Rudd. II. p. 212; Zumpt ad Quint. V. p. 122 Spalding.—Hence the adverbial phrase a se=uph heautou, sua sponte, of one's own uccord, spontaneously:ipsum a se oritur et sua sponte nascitur,
Cic. Fin. 2, 24, 78:(urna) ab se cantat quoja sit,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 21 (al. eapse; cf. id. Men. 1, 2, 66); so Col. 11, 1, 5; Liv. 44, 33, 6.With names of towns to denote origin, extraction, instead of gentile adjectives. From, of:c.pastores a Pergamide,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 1:Turnus ab Aricia,
Liv. 1, 50, 3 (for which Aricinus, id. 1, 51, 1):obsides dant trecentos principum a Cora atque Pometia liberos,
Liv. 2, 22, 2; and poet.: O longa mundi servator ab Alba, Auguste, thou who art descended from the old Alban race of kings (=oriundus, or ortus regibus Albanis), Prop. 5, 6, 37.In giving the etymology of a name: eam rem (sc. legem, Gr. nomon) illi Graeco putant nomine a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam, ego nostro a legendo, Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19: annum intervallum regni fuit: id ab re... interregnum appellatum, Liv. 1, 17, 6:d.(sinus maris) ab nomine propinquae urbis Ambracius appellatus,
id. 38, 4, 3; and so Varro in his Ling. Lat., and Pliny, in Books 1-5 of H. N., on almost every page. (Cf. also the arts. ex and de.)With verbs of beginning and repeating: a summo bibere, in Plaut. to drink in succession from the one at the head of the table:e.da, puere, ab summo,
Plaut. As. 5, 2, 41; so,da ab Delphio cantharum circum, id Most. 1, 4, 33: ab eo nobis causa ordienda est potissimum,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 21:coepere a fame mala,
Liv. 4, 12, 7:cornicem a cauda de ovo exire,
tail-foremost, Plin. 10, 16, 18:a capite repetis, quod quaerimus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 18 al.With verbs of freeing from, defending, or protecting against any thing:f.a foliis et stercore purgato,
Cato, R. R. 65 (66), 1:tantumne ab re tuast oti tibi?
Ter. Heaut. 1, [p. 4] 1, 23; cf.:Saguntini ut a proeliis quietem habuerant,
Liv. 21, 11, 5:expiandum forum ab illis nefarii sceleris vestigiis,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:haec provincia non modo a calamitate, sed etiam a metu calamitatis est defendenda,
id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14 (v. defendo):ab incendio urbem vigiliis munitam intellegebat,
Sall. C. 32:ut neque sustinere se a lapsu possent,
Liv. 21, 35, 12:ut meam domum metueret atque a me ipso caveret,
Cic. Sest. 64, 133.With verbs of expecting, fearing, hoping, and the like, ab =a parte, as, Cic. Att. 9, 7, 4: cum eadem metuam ab hac parte, since I fear the same from this side; hence, timere, metuere ab aliquo, not, to be afraid of any one, but, to fear something (proceeding from) from him:g.el metul a Chryside,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 79; cf.:ab Hannibale metuens,
Liv. 23, 36; and:metus a praetore,
id. 23, 15, 7;v. Weissenb. ad h. l.: a quo quidem genere, judices, ego numquam timui,
Cic. Sull. 20, 59:postquam nec ab Romanis robis ulla est spes,
you can expect nothing from the Romans, Liv. 21, 13, 4.With verbs of fastening and holding:h.funiculus a puppi religatus,
Cic. Inv. 2, 51, 154:cum sinistra capillum ejus a vertice teneret,
Q. Cic. Pet. Cons. 3.Ulcisci se ab aliquo, to take vengeance on one:i.a ferro sanguis humanus se ulciscitur,
Plin. 34, 14, 41 fin.Cognoscere ab aliqua re to knoio or learn by means of something (different from ab aliquo, to learn from some one):j.id se a Gallicis armis atque insignibus cognovisse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 22.Dolere, laborare, valere ab, instead of the simple abl.:k.doleo ab animo, doleo ab oculis, doleo ab aegritudine,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 62:a morbo valui, ab animo aeger fui,
id. Ep. 1, 2, 26; cf. id. Aul. 2, 2, 9:a frigore et aestu ne quid laborent,
Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17; so,a frigore laborantibus,
Plin. 32, 10, 46, § 133; cf.:laborare ab re frumentaria,
Caes. B. G. 7, 10, 1; id. B. C. 3, 9; v. laboro.Where verbs and adjectives are joined with ab, instead of the simple abl., ab defines more exactly the respect in which that which is expressed by the verb or adj. is to be understood, in relation to, with regard to, in respect to, on the part of:l.ab ingenio improbus,
Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 59:a me pudica'st,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 51:orba ab optimatibus contio,
Cic. Fl. 23, 54; ro Ov. H. 6,156: securos vos ab hac parte reddemus, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24 fin. (v. securus):locus copiosus a frumento,
Cic. Att. 5, 18, 2; cf.:sumus imparati cum a militibas tum a pecunia,
id. ib. 7, 15 fin.:ille Graecus ab omni laude felicior,
id. Brut. 16, 63:ab una parte haud satis prosperuin,
Liv. 1, 32, 2 al.;so often in poets ab arte=arte,
artfully, Tib. 1, 5, 4; 1, 9, 66; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 30.In the statement of the motive instead of ex, propter, or the simple abl. causae, from, out of, on account of, in consequence of: ab singulari amore scribo, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 7, B fin.:m.linguam ab irrisu exserentem,
thrusting out the tongue in derision, Liv. 7, 10, 5:ab honore,
id. 1, 8; so, ab ira, a spe, ab odio, v. Drak. ad Liv. 24, 30, 1: 26, 1, 3; cf. also Kritz and Fabri ad Sall. J. 31, 3, and Fabri ad Liv. 21, 36, 7.Especially in the poets instead of the gen.:n.ab illo injuria,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 129:fulgor ab auro,
Lucr. 2, 5:dulces a fontibus undae,
Verg. G. 2, 243.In indicating a part of the whole, for the more usual ex, of, out of:o.scuto ab novissimis uni militi detracto,
Caes. B. G. 2, 25, 1:nonnuill ab novissimis,
id. ib.; Cic. Sest. 65, 137; cf. id. ib. 59 fin.: a quibus (captivis) ad Senatum missus (Regulus).In marking that from which any thing proceeds, and to which it belongs:p.qui sunt ab ea disciplina,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 3, 7:ab eo qui sunt,
id. Fin. 4, 3, 7:nostri illi a Platone et Aristotele aiunt,
id. Mur. 30, 63 (in imitation of oi upo tinos).To designate an office or dignity (with or without servus; so not freq. till after the Aug. period;q.in Cic. only once): Pollex, servus a pedibus meus,
one of my couriers, Cic. Att. 8, 5, 1; so,a manu servus,
a secretary, Suet. Caes. 74: Narcissum ab eplstulis ( secretary) et Pallantem a rationibus ( accountant), id. Claud. 28; and so, ab actis, ab admissione, ab aegris, ab apotheca, ab argento, a balneis, a bibliotheca, a codicillis, a jumentis, a potione, etc. (v. these words and Inscr. Orell. vol. 3, Ind. xi. p. 181 sq.).The use of ab before adverbs is for the most part peculiar to later Latinity:► a.a peregre,
Vitr. 5, 7 (6), 8:a foris,
Plin. 17, 24, 37; Vulg. Gen, 7, 16; ib. Matt. 23, 27:ab intus,
ib. ib. 7, 15:ab invicem,
App. Herb. 112; Vulg. Matt. 25, 32; Cypr. Ep. 63, 9: Hier. Ep. 18:a longe,
Hyg. Fab. 257; Vulg. Gen. 22, 4; ib. Matt. 26, 58:a modo,
ib. ib. 23, 39;Hier. Vit. Hilar.: a nune,
Vulg. Luc. 1, 48:a sursum,
ib. Marc. 15, 38.Ab is not repeated like most other prepositions (v. ad, ex, in, etc.) with pron. interrog. or relat. after subst. and pron. demonstr. with ab:b.Arsinoen, Stratum, Naupactum...fateris ab hostibus esse captas. Quibus autem hostibus? Nempe iis, quos, etc.,
Cic. Pis. 37, 91:a rebus gerendis senectus abstrahit. Quibus? An iis, quae in juventute geruntur et viribus?
id. Sen. 6:a Jove incipiendum putat. Quo Jove?
id. Rep. 1, 36, 56:res publica, quascumque vires habebit, ab iis ipsis, quibus tenetur, de te propediem impetrabit,
id. Fam. 4, 13, 5.—Ab in Plantus is once put after the word which it governs: quo ab, As. 1, 1, 106.—c.It is in various ways separated from the word which it governs:d.a vitae periculo,
Cic. Brut. 91, 313:a nullius umquam me tempore aut commodo,
id. Arch. 6, 12:a minus bono,
Sall. C. 2, 6:a satis miti principio,
Liv. 1, 6, 4:damnis dives ab ipsa suis,
Ov. H. 9, 96; so id. ib. 12, 18; 13, 116.—The poets join a and que, making aque; but in good prose que is annexed to the following abl. (a meque, abs teque, etc.):e.aque Chao,
Verg. G. 4, 347:aque mero,
Ov. M. 3, 631:aque viro,
id. H. 6, 156:aque suis,
id. Tr. 5, 2, 74 al. But:a meque,
Cic. Fam. 2, 16, 1:abs teque,
id. Att. 3, 15, 4:a teque,
id. ib. 8, 11, §7: a primaque adulescentia,
id. Brut. 91, 315 al. —A Greek noun joined with ab stands in the dat.: a parte negotiati, hoc est pragmatikê, removisse, Quint. 3, 7, 1.III.In composition ab,1.Retains its original signif.: abducere, to take or carry away from some place: abstrahere, to draw auay; also, downward: abicere, to throw down; and denoting a departure from the idea of the simple word, it has an effect apparently privative: absimilis, departing from the similar, unlike: abnormis, departing from the rule, unusual (different from dissimilis, enormis); and so also in amens=a mente remotus, alienus ( out of one's senses, without self-control, insane): absurdus, missounding, then incongruous, irrational: abutor (in one of its senses), to misuse: aborior, abortus, to miscarry: abludo; for the privative force the Latin regularly employs in-, v. 2. in.—2.It more rarely designates completeness, as in absorbere, abutor ( to use up). (The designation of the fourth generation in the ascending or descending line by ab belongs here only in appearance; as abavus for quartus pater, great-great-grandfather, although the Greeks introduced upopappos; for the immutability of the syllable ab in abpatrnus and abmatertera, as well as the signif. Of the word abavus, grandfather's grandfather, imitated in abnepos, grandchild's grandchild, seems to point to a derivation from avi avus, as Festus, p. 13 Mull., explains atavus, by atta avi, or, rather, attae avus.) -
7 tour
I.tour1 [tuʀ]1. feminine nouna. ( = édifice) tower ; ( = immeuble très haut) tower block2. compounds• enfermé dans sa or une tour d'ivoire shut away in an ivory tower ► la tour de Londres the Tower of LondonII.tour2 [tuʀ]━━━━━━━━━2. compounds━━━━━━━━━1. <a. ( = excursion, parcours) trip ; ( = promenade) (à pied) walk ; (en voiture) drive ; (en vélo) ride• on en a vite fait le tour [de lieu] there's not much to see ; [de livre, théorie] there isn't much to it ; [de personne] there isn't much to him (or her)► faire le tour de [+ parc, pays, magasins] to go round ; [+ possibilités] to explore ; [+ problème] to consider from all anglesb. (dans un ordre, une succession) turn• attends, tu parleras à ton tour wait - you'll have your turn to speak• chacun son tour ! wait your turn!• à qui le tour ? whose turn is it?c. (Sport, politics) roundd. ( = circonférence) [de partie du corps] measurement ; [de tronc, colonne] girth ; [de surface] circumferencee. ( = rotation) revolution ; [d'écrou, clé] turn• régime de 2 000 tours (minute) speed of 2,000 revs per minute► à tour de bras [frapper, taper] with all one's strength ; [composer, produire] prolifically ; [critiquer] with a vengeance• ils licenciaient à tour de bras they were laying people off left, right and centref. ( = tournure) [de situation, conversation] turn ; ( = phrase) turn of phraseg. ( = exercice) [d'acrobate] feat ; [de jongleur, prestidigitateur] trick• et le tour est joué ! and there you have it!• c'est un tour à prendre ! it's just a knack!h. ( = duperie) tricki. ( = machine) lathe2. <• le premier tour de manivelle est prévu pour octobre [de film] the cameras should begin rolling in October ► tour de piste (Sport) lap ; (dans un cirque) circuit (of the ring)━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━The famous annual cycle race takes about three weeks to complete in daily stages « étapes » of approximately 110 miles. The leading cyclist wears a yellow jersey, the « maillot jaune ». The route varies and is not usually confined only to France, but the race always ends on the Champs-Élysées in Paris.* * *
I tuʀnom masculin1) ( mouvement rotatif) gén turn; ( autour d'un axe) revolutionfaire un tour sur soi-même — [danseur] to spin around; [planète] to rotate
un (disque) 33/45/78 tours — an LP/a 45 ou single/a 78
à tour de bras — (colloq) [frapper] with a vengeance; [investir, racheter] left, right and centre [BrE] (colloq)
2) ( mouvement autour de)faire le tour de quelque chose — gén to go around something; ( en voiture) to drive around something
3) ( pourtour) ( bords) edges (pl); ( circonférence) circumference; ( mensuration) measurement; ( mesure standard) sizede 15 mètres de tour — 15 metres [BrE] in circumference, 15 metres [BrE] around
4) ( déplacement) ( à pied) walk, stroll; ( à bicyclette) ride; ( en voiture) drive, spinfaire un (petit) tour — ( à pied) to go for a walk ou stroll
je suis allé faire un tour à Paris/en ville — I went to Paris/into GB ou down US town
faire des tours et des détours — lit [route, rivière] to twist and turn; fig [personne] to beat about the bush
5) ( examen) lookon en a vite fait le tour — (colloq) pej there's not much to it/her/them etc
6) ( moment d'agir) gén turn; (de compétition, tournoi, coupe) roundil perd plus souvent qu'à son tour — ( il regrette) he loses more often than he would like; ( je critique) he loses more often than he should
tour à tour — ( alternativement) by turns; ( à la suite) in turn
7) ( consultation électorale)tour de scrutin — ballot, round of voting
8) (manœuvre, ruse) tricket le tour est joué — ( c'est fait) that's done the trick; ( ce sera fait) that will do the trick
en un tour de main — ( habilement) deftly; ( rapidement) in a flash
tour de force — feat; ( œuvre) tour de force
9) (allure, aspect) turntour (de phrase) — Linguistique turn of phrase
10) Technologie ( machine-outil) lathe•Phrasal Verbs:
II tuʀ1) Architecture tower; ( immeuble) tower block GB, high rise US2) ( aux échecs) rook, castle3) ( machine de guerre) siege-tower•Phrasal Verbs:* * *
I tuʀ nf1) (de château, d'église, gratte-ciel) tower2) (= immeuble locatif) high-rise block Grande-Bretagne high-rise building USA tower block Grande-BretagneIl y a beaucoup de tours dans ce quartier. — There are a lot of tower blocks in this area.
3) ÉCHECS castle, rook
II tuʀ nmfaire un tour (à pied) — to go for a walk, (en voiture) to go for a drive
Allons faire un tour dans le parc. — Let's go for a walk in the park.
faire le tour de — to go around, (à pied) to walk around, (en voiture) to drive around, fig, [sujet] to review
Le tour de l'île prend trois heures. — It takes three hours to go around the island.
On a fait un tour des Pyrénées. — We toured the Pyrénées.
4) SPORT (tour de piste) lap5) (d'être servi ou de jouer) turnc'est au tour de...; C'est au tour de Renée. — It's Renée's turn.
C'est ton tour de jouer. — It's your turn to play.
à tour de rôle; tour à tour — in turn
6) (= tournure) turn7) (avec une vis ou clef) turn8) [roue] revolutionfaire 2 tours — to turn twice, to revolve twice
9) (= circonférence)de 3 m de tour — 3 m around, with a circumference of 3 m
10) (= ruse) trick, [prestidigitation, cartes] trick11) [potier] wheel, (à bois, métaux) lathe12) (autre locution)à tour de bras — non-stop, relentlessly
* * *A nm1 ( mouvement rotatif) gén turn; Mécan, Mes revolution; 5 000 tours (par) minute 5,000 revolutions ou revs○ per minute; l'essieu grince à chaque tour de roue the axle squeaks at every turn of the wheel; donner un tour de vis to give the screw a turn; donner un tour de clé to turn the key; être à quelques tours de roue de to be just around the corner from; faire un tour de manège to have a go on the merry-go-round; faire un tour de valse to waltz around the floor; la Terre fait un tour sur elle-même en 24 heures the Earth rotates once in 24 hours; faire un tour sur soi-même [danseur] to spin around; un (disque) 33/45/78 tours an LP/a 45 ou single/a 78; fermer qch à double tour to double-lock sth; s'enfermer à double tour fig to lock oneself away; à tour de bras○ [frapper] with a vengeance; [investir, racheter] left right and centreGB○; ⇒ quart;2 ( mouvement autour de) faire le tour de qch gén to go around sth; ( en voiture) to drive around sth; le train fait le tour du lac en deux heures the train takes two hours to go around the lake; faire le tour du monde to go around the world; la nouvelle a vite fait le tour du village the news spread rapidly through the village; il a fait le tour de l'Afrique en stop he hitchhiked around Africa; faire le grand tour fig to go the long way round GB ou around US; en deuxième tour de circuit Sport on the second lap of the circuit; faire un tour d'honneur to do a lap of honourGB; avec plusieurs tours de corde, ça tiendra with the rope wound around a few times, it'll hold; mettre trois tours de corde to wind the rope around three times; donner plusieurs tours à la pâte Culin to fold the dough several times; ⇒ cadran, propriétaire, repartir B, sang;3 ⇒ Les mesures de longueur, Les tailles ( pourtour) ( bords) edges (pl); ( circonférence) circumference; ( mensuration) measurement; ( mesure standard) size; le tour de l'étang est couvert de jonquilles there are daffodils all around the edges of the pond; elle a le tour des yeux fardé au kohl she has kohl around her eyes; tronc de 15 mètres de tour trunk 15 metresGB in circumference ou 15 metres around; tour de tête/cou/taille/hanches head/neck/waist/hip measurement; faire du 90 de tour de poitrine ≈ to have a 36-inch bust; ⇒ poitrine;4 ( déplacement bref) ( à pied) walk, stroll; ( à bicyclette) ride; ( en voiture) drive, spin; faire un (petit) tour ( à pied) to go for a walk ou stroll; si nous allions faire un tour? shall we go for a walk?; je suis allé faire un tour à Paris/en ville I went to Paris/into GB ou down town; je vais faire un tour chez des amis I'm just going to pop round GB ou go over US to some friends; fais un tour à la nouvelle exposition, ça vaut le coup go and have a look round GB ou around US the new exhibition, it's worth it; faire des tours et des détours lit [route, rivière] to twist and turn; fig [personne] to beat about the bush;5 ( examen bref) look; faire le tour d'un problème/sujet to have a look at a problem/subject; faire un (rapide) tour d'horizon to have a quick overall look (de at), to make a general survey (de of); faire le tour de ses ennemis/relations to go through one's enemies/acquaintances; on en a vite fait le tour○ pej (de problème, sujet, d'ouvrage) there's not much to it; ( de personne) there's not much to him/her/them etc;6 ( moment d'agir) gén turn; (de compétition, tournoi, coupe) round; à qui le tour? whose turn is it?; c'est ton tour it's your turn; chacun son tour each one in his turn; jouer avant son tour to play out of turn; à mon tour de faire it's my turn to do; récompensé à mon tour rewarded in my turn; attendre/passer son tour to wait/miss one's turn; c'est au tour de qn it 's sb's turn; notre équipe a été battue au second tour our team was defeated in the second round; la cuisine est nettoyée, maintenant c'est au tour du salon the kitchen is cleaned up, now for the living-room; il perd plus souvent qu'à son tour ( il regrette) he loses more often than he would like; ( je critique) he loses more often than he should; tour à tour ( alternativement) by turns; ( à la suite) in turn; être tour à tour gentil et agressif to be nice and agressive by turns; il a été tour à tour patron d'entreprise, ministre et professeur d'économie he has been in turn a company boss, a minister and an economics teacher; ⇒ rôle;7 Pol ( consultation) ballot; les résultats du premier/second tour the results of the first/second ballot; au second tour on the second ballot; scrutin à deux tours two-round ballot; tour de scrutin ballot, round of voting;8 (manœuvre, ruse) trick; jouer un bon/mauvais/sale tour à qn to play a good/nasty/dirty trick on sb; ma mémoire me joue des tours my memory is playing tricks on me; et le tour est joué that's done the trick; un peu de peinture et le tour est joué a bit of paint will do the trick; ça te jouera des tours it's going to get you into trouble one of these days; ⇒ pendable, sac;9 ( manipulation habile) trick; tour de cartes card trick; tour de prestidigitation conjuring trick; tour d'adresse feat of skill; tour de main knack; en un tour de main ( habilement) deftly; ( rapidement) in a flash; tour de force gén amazing feat; ( performance) tour de force; constituer un tour de force to be an amazing feat; réussir le tour de force de faire to achieve the amazing feat of doing; ⇒ passe-passe;10 (allure, aspect) (de situation, relations) turn; (de création, mode) twist; tour (de phrase) Ling turn of phrase; le tour qu'ont pris les événements the turn events have taken; donner un tour nouveau à qch to give a new twist to sth; c'est un tour assez rare en français it's a somewhat unusual turn of phrase in French;B nftour de Babel Relig, Ling, fig Tower of Babel; tour de chant Art, Mus song recital; tour de contrôle Aviat control tower; tour Eiffel Eiffel Tower; tour de forage Tech derrick; tour de France ( de cycliste) Tour de France; ( de compagnon) journeyman's travellingGB apprenticeship; tour de garde Mil turn of duty; tour de guet Mil watchtower; tour d'ivoire fig ivory tower; s'enfermer or se retrancher dans sa tour d'ivoire to shut oneself away in an ivory tower; tour de Londres Tower of London; tour mort Naut round turn; tour de Pise Leaning Tower of Pisa; tour de potier Art potter's wheel; tour de refroidissement Nucl cooling tower; tour de rein(s) Méd back strain; se donner or attraper un tour de rein(s) to strain one's back; tour de table Fin pool; faire un tour de table ( à un réunion) to sound out everybody ou to go round GB ou around US the table; après un rapide tour de table having gone round GB ou around US the table quickly (to see what people think).I[tur] nom féminintour d'habitation tower ou high-rise block2. (familier) [personne grande et corpulente]c'est une vraie tour he's/she's built like the side of a house4. CHIMIEII[tur] nom masculinA.[CERCLE]1. [circonférence - d'un fût, d'un arbre] girth ; [ - d'un objet, d'une étendue] circumference2. [mensuration]tour de taille/hanches waist/hip measurementquel est votre tour de taille/hanches? what size waist/hips are you?a. [d'une femme] bust measurement ou sizeb. [d'un homme] chest measurement ou size3. [parure]a. JOAILLERIE chokerb. [vêtement en fourrure] fur collarb. [à pied] to walk round a parkc. [en voiture] to drive round a parkfaire le tour du monde en auto-stop/voilier to hitch-hike/to sail round the worldfaire le tour de (figuré) : l'anecdote a fait le tour des bureaux the story went round the offices ou did the rounds of the officesje sais ce qu'il vaut, j'en ai vite fait le tour I know what he's worth, it didn't take me long to size him upa. [cycliste] the Tour de Franceb. [des compagnons] the Tour de France (carried out by an apprentice to become a journeyman)b. ÉQUITATION round5. [promenade - à pied] walk, stroll ; [ - en voiture] drive, ride ; [ - à bicyclette, à cheval, en hélicoptère] ridea. [à pied] to go for a walkb. [en voiture] to go for a drive ou ridec. [à vélo] to go for a rideB.[PÉRIODE, ÉTAPE]1. [moment dans une succession] turn[aux échecs] movea. [généralement] it's your turn ou gob. [échecs] it's your moveà qui le tour whose turn is it?, who's next?c'est à ton tour de mettre la table it's your turn to lay ou to set the tabletour de garde [d'un médecin] spell ou turn of dutyau premier tour in the first ballot ou roundC.[ACTION HABILE OU MALICIEUSE]1. [stratagème] trickjouer un sale ou mauvais tour à quelqu'un to play a nasty ou dirty trick on somebodyça vous jouera un mauvais ou vilain tour you'll be sorry for it!, it'll catch up with you (one day)!ma mémoire/vue me joue des tours my memory/sight is playing tricks on me2. [numéro, technique]tour d'adresse skilful trick, feat of skillD.[ASPECT]1. [orientation] turntour d'esprit turn ou cast of minda. (Suisse) [maladie] to take a turn for the betterb. [personne] to wrap up[en syntaxe] constructionE.[ROTATION][d'un outil] turnfaire un tour/trois tour s sur soi-même to spin round once/three times (on oneself)donner deux tours de clef to give a key two turns, to turn a key twice3. MÉDECINEF.technologie lathe————————à tour de bras locution adverbiale[frapper] with all one's strength ou might————————à tour de rôle locution adverbialetour à tour locution adverbiale————————tour de chant nom masculin————————tour de force nom masculinil a réussi le tour de force de la convaincre he managed to convince her, and it was quite a tour de force ou quite an achievement————————tour de main nom masculin1. [savoir-faire] knackavoir/prendre le tour de main to have/to pick up the knack2. (locution)en un tour de main in no time (at all), in the twinkling of an eye————————tour de table nom masculin2. [débat]The world-famous annual cycle race starts in a different town each year, but the home stretch is always the Champs-Élysées in Paris. The widespread excitement caused by the race, along with the heroic status of many coureurs-cyclistes, reflects the continuing fondness of the French towards cycling in general. -
8 AF
of* * *prep. w. dat.I. Of place:1) off, from;G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;land af landi, from one land to the other;hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;2) out of;verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.II. Of time; past, beyond:af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.III. In various other relations:1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;2) off, of;höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;3) of, among;hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;4) with;hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;5) of (= ór which is more frequent);húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;8) by, of (after passive);ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;9) on account of, by reason of, by;úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;af ástæld hans, by his popularity;af því, therefore;af hví, wherefor why;af því at, because;10) by means of, by;framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;af sínu fé, by one’s own means;absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;11) with adjectives, in regard to;mildr af fé, liberal of money;góðr af griðum, merciful;fastr af drykk, close (stingy) in regard to drink;12) used absol. with a verb, off away;hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.* * *prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in loco—á, í, við, and ad locum—á, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in loco—á, or in locum— til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.A. Loc.I. With motion, off, from:1. prop. corresp. to á,α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).II. WITHOUT MOTION:1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.C. In various other relations:I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.2. where an object is taken by force:α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.2. with the notion of—among; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words. -
9 serial
serial ['sɪərɪəl]1 noun∎ TV serial feuilleton m télévisé;∎ published in serial form publié sous forme de feuilleton(b) (periodical) périodique m∎ in serial order en ordre sériel►► Computing serial access accès m séquentiel;Computing serial cable câble m série;Computing serial interface interface f série;serial killer tueur-(euse) m,f en série;serial killings meurtres mpl en série;serial monogamist = personne qui a une succession de relations monogamiques;serial monogamy = succession de relations monogamiques;serial murderer tueur(euse) m,f en série;serial murders meurtres mpl en série;serial number (of product, publication) numéro m de série; (of cheque, voucher) numéro m; (of soldier) (numéro m) matricule m;Computing serial port port m série;serial printer imprimante f série;serial rights droits mpl de reproduction en feuilleton;serial writer feuilletoniste mf -
10 law
1) закон; право ( як система законів); правознавство, законознавство; юстиція; професія юриста; суд, судовий процес, судова процедура; розм. юристи; правило; the law розм. поліція, поліцейський2) атриб. юридичний, законний, правовий•law based on judicial decisions — право, засноване на судових (прецедентних) рішеннях
law enforcement classification of confidential information — засекречування конфіденційної інформації поліцією ( або іншим правоохоронним органом)
law of international organizations — право, що регулює діяльність міжнародних організацій
law on amendments and additions — ( to the law on smth) закон про внесення змін і доповнень ( до закону про щось)
law on combating organized crime — = law on combatting organized crime закон про боротьбу з організованою злочинністю
- law-abiding citizenlaw on combatting organized crime — = law on combating organized crime
- law-abiding person
- law-abidingness
- law administration
- law agent
- law analogy
- law and equity
- law and order
- law-and-order
- law-and-order advocate
- law-and-order campaign
- law-and-order candidate
- law-and-order champion
- law-and-order force
- law and order maintenance
- law and usage of Parliament
- law application
- law as a career
- law as amended
- law as fact
- law as norm
- law blank
- law-book
- law books
- law-breaker
- law-breaking
- law case
- law canter
- law centre
- law changes
- law charge
- law charges
- law Christian
- law clerk
- law code
- law commentator
- law compliance
- law-complying
- law-complying citizen
- law-complying person
- law conference
- law costs
- law course
- law-court
- law courts
- law-creating
- law-creating process
- law-creating source
- law creation
- law day
- Law Day
- law defiance
- law-defying person
- law degree
- law department
- law dictionary
- law digest
- law doctorate
- law drafting
- law draftsman
- law due to expire
- law education
- law effectiveness
- law enforcement
- law-enforcement
- law enforcement agency
- law enforcement action
- law enforcement administration
- law enforcement administrator
- law enforcement agencies
- law enforcement forces
- law enforcement agency
- law enforcement agent
- law enforcement authority
- law enforcement body
- law enforcement classification
- law-enforcement community
- law enforcement duty
- law enforcement effectiveness
- law enforcement establishment
- law-enforcement executive
- law enforcement force
- law enforcement intelligence
- law enforcement investigator
- law enforcement manual
- law enforcement matter
- law-enforcement officer
- law-enforcement official
- law enforcement personnel
- law enforcement policy
- law enforcement procedure
- law enforcement process
- law enforcement statistics
- law enforcement structure
- law enforcement system
- law-enforcement technique
- law enforcer
- law enforcing body
- law examiner
- law-executing power
- law expenses
- law factory
- law faculty
- law firm
- law for the time being
- law form
- law-forming decision
- law French
- law-giver
- law-governed
- law-governed state
- law in effect
- law in force
- law in vigor
- law in vigour
- law-interpreting power
- law interpretation
- law is silent
- law judgement
- law judgment
- law language
- Law Latin
- law lecture
- law library
- law-list
- Law Lords
- law lords
- law-maker
- law-making
- law-making activity
- law-making body
- law-making instrument
- law-making power
- law-making process
- law-making treaty
- law manuscript
- law martial
- law matter
- law merchant
- law-monger
- law obedience
- law-obedient
- law obedient citizen
- law obedient person
- law observance
- law of accidental error
- law of agency
- law of arbitral procedure
- law of armed conflict
- law of arms
- law of business property
- law of casuality
- law of civil procedure
- law of conflict
- law of contract
- law of copyright
- law of corrections
- law of crime
- law of crimes
- law of criminal procedure
- law of domestic relations
- law of domestical relations
- law of employment
- law of enforceable rights
- law of equity
- law of evidence
- law of God
- law of immovable property
- law of industrial relations
- law of inheritance
- law of international trade
- law of landlord and tenant
- law of marriage
- law of master and servant
- law of merchant shipping
- lawof nations
- lawof nature
- law of neighboring tenements
- law of neighbouring tenements
- law of no effect
- law of obligation
- law of outer space
- law of peace
- law of persons
- law of power
- law of practice
- law of precedent
- law of prize
- law of procedure
- law of property
- law of property act
- law of quasi-contract
- law of real property
- law of rights
- law of self-preservation
- law of shipping
- law of substance
- law of succession
- law of talion
- law of the air
- law of the case
- Law of the Church
- Law of the church
- law of the Constitution
- law of the court
- law of the flag
- law of the jungle
- law of the land
- law of the land clause
- law of the sea
- law of the situs
- law of the staple
- law of the United Nations
- law of torts
- law of treaties
- law of trust
- law of wages
- law of war
- law of wills
- law offender
- law-office
- law office
- law officer
- law officers of the Crown
- law on additions
- law on amendments
- law on cooperation
- law on elections
- law on refugees
- law on the state budget
- law order
- law person
- law policy
- law position
- law practice
- law proceeding
- law proceedings
- law profession
- law professor
- law-protected
- law reform
- law remedy
- law report
- law reporter
- law reports
- law-restricted
- law review
- law revision
- law revision commission
- law school
- law school curriculum
- law side
- law sitting
- law society
- law spiritual
- law still in force
- law still in vigor
- law still in vigour
- law student
- law suit
- law system
- law teacher at the university
- law teaching
- law temporal
- law term
- law-term
- law terminology
- law terms
- law textbook
- law theory
- law-trained
- law treaty
- law-unabiding
- law-unabiding citizen
- law unacted upon
- law violation
- law-violator
- law was in being since...
- law wife
- law-writer
- law's provision
- laws of war -
11 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
12 связь
ж.1) lien m; rapport m (явлений и т.п.); connexion f ( взаимная зависимость); affinité f ( сродство)причи́нная связь филос. — causalité f
расшире́ние связей — extension f des rapports
в неразры́вной связи́ — en relation étroite
2) (тесное общение, сношения) relations f plдру́жеская связь — liens m pl d'amitié
культу́рные связи — échanges m pl culturels
связь с избира́телями — contact m avec les électeurs
3) мн.связи (знакомства и т.п.) — relations f pl; les attaches f pl
4) ( любовная) liaison f5) (железнодорожная, телеграфная) communications f plслу́жба связи — service m des liaisons et transmissions
телегра́фная связь — transmission f télégraphique
телефо́нная связь — liaison f téléphonique
косми́ческая связь — liaison cosmique
••в связи́ с че́м-либо — en rapport avec qch; à l'occasion de qch
* * *n1) gener. communication, connexité, contact, continuité, corrélation, couplage, enchaînement, histoire de fesses, rapport, relation, appariement (e.g. Etablier un appariement entre deux écoles.), accouplement, chaîne (в каменных стенах; тж хим.), cohérence, cohésion, communication (между людьми), connexion, enclenchement, fac-similé, commerce (плотская), filiation, liant, lien, suite2) colloq. collage (любовная)3) obs. accointance4) liter. pont, alliance, adhérence, ciment5) milit. liaisons et transmission6) eng. attache, attelage, (анкерная) boulon d'entretoisement, (анкерная) boulon d'écartement, entretoise, transmission, happe, action, chaîne (в каменных стенах), contrainte7) construct. lien (см. также связи), tirant, lierne8) anat. contexture9) metal. adhésion, conjugaison, tirant (в конструкциях)10) radio. télécommunication, liaison (ñì. òàûæå communication)11) IT. association, bindage, relation (ñì. òæ. relations), suite (ñì. òæ. succession, série), contact (в логическом канале), correspondance (напр. с ЭВМ)12) commun. trafic13) simpl. couchage14) mech.eng. (механическая) entretoise, (продольная) tirant -
13 state
In1) государство2) штат•II1. nположение, состояние2. v1) излагать, заявлять, формулировать2) констатировать, утверждать -
14 law
̈ɪlɔ: I сущ.
1) а) закон (регулирующий, предписывающий акт) according to the law ≈ по закону to administer, apply, enforce a law ≈ применять закон to annul, repeal, revoke a law ≈ аннулировать, опротестовать закон to be at law with smb. ≈ быть в тяжбе с кем-л. to break, flout, violate a law ≈ нарушить, преступить закон to cite a law ≈ цитировать закон to declare a law unconstitutional ≈ объявить закон противоречащим конституции (в США) to draft a law ≈ готовить законопроект to interpret a law ≈ толковать закон to obey, observe a law ≈ соблюдать закон, подчиняться закону to promulgate a law ≈ опубликовать закон to take the law into one's own hands ≈ расправиться без суда fair, just law ≈ справедливый закон stringent law ≈ строгий закон unfair law ≈ несправедливый закон unwritten law ≈ неписаный закон There is no law against fishing. ≈ Нет закона, запрещающего рыбную ловлю. It is against the law to smoke in an elevator. ≈ По закону запрещено курить в лифте. in law ≈ по закону, законно to adopt a law ≈ принимать закон to enact a law ≈ принимать закон to go beyond the law ≈ совершить противозаконный поступок to keep within the law ≈ придерживаться закона to lay down the law ≈ формулировать закон to pass a law ≈ принимать закон higher law ≈ божественный закон shield law ≈ закон об охране конфиденциальности antitrust law blue law conflict-of-interest law sunset law sunshine law lynch law Mosaic law law of supply and demand law of diminishing return Syn: canon, code, commandment, constitution, ordinance, regulation, statute б) научный закон, научная закономерность Mendeleyev's law Mendel's law Newton's law periodic law law of gravity law of motion
2) юр. право;
правоведение, законоведение, юриспруденция administrative law business law canon law civil law commercial law constitutional law copyright law corporate law criminal law family law feudal law international law Islamic law labor law maritime law marriage law military law natural law patent law private law public law Roman law substantive law law merchant law school Syn: jurisprudence
3) профессия юриста to read/study law ≈ изучать право, учиться на юриста to practise law ≈ быть юристом
4) суд, судебный процесс to go to law ≈ подать в суд;
начать судебный процесс
5) судейское сословие
6) а) (the law) разг. полиция б) полицейский, блюститель закона ∙ Syn: policeman, police;
sheriff
7) а) правило the laws of badminton ≈ правила игры в бадминтон б) заведенный порядок, обычаи, традиции
8) а) спорт фора;
преимущество, предоставляемое противнику ( в состязании и т. п.) б) перен. передышка, тайм-аут;
отсрочка;
поблажка ∙ he is a law unto himself ≈ для него не существует никаких законов, кроме собственного мнения necessity/need knows no law посл. ≈ нужда не знает закона to give (the) law to smb. ≈ навязать кому-л. свою волю the law of the jungle ≈ закон джунглей in the eyes of the law ≈ в глазах закона everyone is equal under the law ≈ все равны перед законом the letter of the law ≈ буква закона the spirit of the law ≈ дух закона II = lawks закон - * enforcement обеспечение правопорядка - * digest сборник законов или судебных постановлений (решений, приговоров) - at * в соответствии с правом;
по закону;
по суду - enforcement at * принудительное осуществление или взыскание в законном /судебном/ порядке - in * по закону;
законно - according to * в соответствии с законом - force of * сила закона;
законная сила - the * of the land закон страны - to become * становиться законом - to keep within the * не нарушать закона - to go beyond the * обходить закон - to break the * нарушить закон - to be equal before the * быть равными перед законом - to enforce the * обеспечивать соблюдение закона право;
правоведение - criminal /penal/ * уголовное право - international * международное право - international private * частное международное право - universal international * универсальное международное право - * of the sea (юридическое) морское право - space * космическое право - * of war право войны, законы и обычаи войны - natural * естественное право - * of treaties право, регулирующее международные договоры - * of civil procedure гражданско-процессуальное право - * of criminal procedure уголовно-процессуальное право - judge-made * право, созданное судьей /основанное на судебной практике/ - question of * вопрос права профессия юриста - * language юридический язык, юридическая терминология - * school юридическая школа - doctor of /in/ * доктор юридических наук - the faculty of * юридический факультет - to study /to read/ * изучать право - to follow the * избрать профессию юриста - to practise * заниматься адвокатской практикой, быть юристом суд, судебный процесс - * sitting время сессий судов;
месяцы, когда суды заседают - * reports сборники судебных решений - * costs судебные издержки - to go to * обращаться в суд;
начинать судебный процесс;
подавать жалобу, иск - to go to * against smb. подать на кого-л. в суд - to be at * with smb. судиться с кем-л.;
вести процесс - to take /to have/ the * of smb. привлечь кого-л. к суду - I'll have the * on you! я на тебя подам!;
я тебя привлеку! - to take the * into one's own hands расправиться над кем-л. без суда закон (природы, научный) - the * of nature закон природы - the *s of motion законы движения - the * of gravity закон тяготения - the * of conservation of energy закон сохранения энергии - economic *s экономические законы - the * of supply and demand (экономика) закон спроса и предложения - the * of self-preservation закон самосохранения - * of perdurability закон сохранения вещества - the *s of perspective законы перспективы принятый, установленный обычай - *s of honour кодекс /закон/ чести представитель закона, полицейский, сотрудник ФБР и т. п. - open the door, it's the * откройте дверь! Полиция! - the long arm of * finally got him в конце концов полиция схватила его правила (игры и т. п.) - the * of golf правила игры в гольф( спортивное) фора, преимущество, предоставляемое противнику при состязании (разговорное) поблажка > * of Moses закон Моисея;
(библеизм) пятикнижие, тора > the * of jungle закон джунглей > to give the * to smb. командовать кем-л.;
навязывать свою волю кому-л. > necessity knows no * нужда /необходимость/ не знает закона;
для нужды нет закона > to be a * unto oneself ни с чем не считаться, кроме собственного мнения ( разговорное) обращаться в суд (диалектизм) (разговорное) навязывать свою волю abortion ~ закон об абортах action at ~ судебный иск adjective ~ процессуальное право administrative ~ административное право admiralty ~ военно-морское право admiralty ~ морское право adoption ~ сем.право закон об усыновлении и удочерении agreement ~ закон о соглашениях antisymmetric ~ несимметричный закон antitrust ~ антитрестовский закон banking ~ банковский закон banking ~ законодательство о банках bend the ~ подчиняться закону beyond the ~ вне закона binomial ~ биномиальный закон blanket ~ общий закон blue ~ закон, регулирующий режим воскресного дня( США) blue-sky ~ закон, регулирующий выпуск и продажу акций и ценных бумаг (США) break the ~ нарушать закон bulk sales ~ закон о массовых продажах business ~ право, регулирующее область деловых отношений business ~ торговое право by ~ по закону by operation of ~ в силу закона canonical ~ церковное право case in ~ судебное дело в сфере общего права case ~ прецедентное право cause in ~ судебное дело church ~ церковное право civil procedural ~ гражданское процессуальное право commentary on ~ толкование закона common ~ юр. неписанный закон common ~ юр. общее право;
обычное право;
некодифицированное право common ~ общее право common ~ обычное право, некодифицированное право Community ~ закон Европейского экономического сообщества company ~ закон о компаниях company ~ право, регулирующее деятельность акционерных компаний comparative ~ сравнительное право competent before the ~ правомочный constitutional ~ конституционное право, государственное право constitutional ~ конституционное право constitutional ~ конституционный закон consular ~ консульское право control ~ закон о надзоре corporation ~ закон о корпорациях criminal ~ of procedure судопроизводство по уголовным делам criminal ~ of procedure уголовное судопроизводство crown ~ уголовное право ecclesiastical ~ церковное право economic ~ экономический закон emergency ~ чрезвычайное законодательство equal protection of the ~ равенство перед законом equality before the ~ равенство перед законом exemption ~ прецедентное право exponential ~ экспоненциальный закон extraterritorial ~ экстерриториальный закон family ~ семейное право financial ~ финансовое законодательство fiscal ~ закон о налогообложении fiscal ~ налоговое право fiscal ~ финансовый закон framework ~ общий закон gap in ~ пробел в праве Germanic ~ тевтонский закон to give (the) ~ (to smb.) навязать (кому-л.) свою волю global ~ всеобщий закон to go beyond the ~ совершить противозаконный поступок good ~ действующее право to have (или to take) the ~ (of smb.) привлечь (кого-л.) к суду he is a ~ unto himself для него не существует никаких законов, кроме собственного мнения to hold good in ~ быть юридически обоснованным housing ~ юр. жилищное законодательство hyperexponential ~ гиперэкспоненциальный закон in ~ по закону, законно in ~ по закону indispensable ~ закон, не допускающий исключений industrial ~ закон о промышленности industrial ~ производственное право industrial property ~ закон о промышленной собственности industrial relations ~ закон о внутрипроизводственных отношениях infringe the ~ нарушать закон insurance ~ закон о страховании intellectual property ~ закон об интеллектуальной собственности internal ~ внутреннее право international ~ международное право issue in ~ спорный вопрос права, спор о праве to keep within the ~ придерживаться закона within: to come ~ the terms of reference относиться к ведению, к компетенции;
to keep within the law не выходить из рамок закона labour ~ закон о труде labour ~ трудовое право landmark ~ право защиты law = lawk(s) ~ закон ~ закон;
Mendeleyev's law периодическая система элементов Менделеева ~ attr. законный;
юридический;
правовой;
law school юридическая школа;
юридический факультет ~ общее право ~ (the ~) разг. полиция, полицейский ~ правило;
the laws of tennis правила игры в теннис ~ правило ~ юр. право;
юриспруденция;
law merchant торговое право;
private law гражданское право;
to read law изучать право ~ право (в объективном смысле) ~ право ~ правоведение ~ спорт. преимущество, предоставляемое противнику (в состязании и т. п.) ;
перен. передышка;
отсрочка;
поблажка ~ профессия юриста;
to follow the (или to go in for) law избрать профессию юриста;
to practise law быть юристом ~ профессия юриста ~ суд, судебный процесс;
to be at law (with smb.) быть в тяжбе (с кем-л.) ;
to go to law подать в суд;
начать судебный процесс ~ суд ~ судебный процесс ~ судейское сословие Law: Law: ~ of Property Act Закон о праве собственности (Великобритания) law: law: ~ of succession наследственное право ~ analogy правовая аналогия ~ and order правопорядок order: law and ~ законность и правопорядок ~ in force действующее право ~ in force действующий закон ~ юр. право;
юриспруденция;
law merchant торговое право;
private law гражданское право;
to read law изучать право merchant: law ~ торговое право, обычное торговое право ~ of accidental error закон случайных ошибок ~ of bills and promissory notes закон о счетах и простых векселях ~ of business property закон о собственности компании ~ of causality закон причинности ~ of contract договорное право, договорно-обязательственное право ~ of contract договорное право ~ of criminal procedure процессуальное уголовное право ~ of demand закон спроса ~ of diminishing return "закон убывающего плодородия" ~ of diminishing returns закон убывающей доходности ~ of enforceable rights закон о праве принудительного осуществления в судебном порядке ~ of enforceable rights закон об обеспечении правовой санкции ~ of evidence доказательственное право ~ of evidence система судебных доказательств ~ of large numbers закон больших чисел ~ of nations международное право ~ of obligation обязательственное право ~ of persons личное право ~ of probabilitys законы вероятности ~ of procedure процессуальное право ~ of property вещное право ~ of property право собственности law: ~ of succession наследственное право ~ of the sea морское право ~ of variable proportions закон переменных соотношений ~ of wages закон о фондах заработной платы ~ attr. законный;
юридический;
правовой;
law school юридическая школа;
юридический факультет school: law ~ юридическая школа law ~ юридический факультет университета law = lawk(s) lawk(s): lawk(s) int разг. неужто? laws: laws = lawk(s) ~ правило;
the laws of tennis правила игры в теннис local government ~ закон местной власти loop-hole in ~ лазейка в законе mandatory ~ обязательный закон maritime ~ морское право martial ~ военное положение martial ~ военное право martial: martial военный;
martial law военное положение mathematical frequency ~ вчт. математический закон распределения matrimonial property ~ закон о собственности супругов ~ закон;
Mendeleyev's law периодическая система элементов Менделеева mercantile ~ торговое право, обычное торговое право mercantile ~ торговое право mercantile: ~ торговый;
коммерческий;
mercantile law торговое законодательство;
mercantile marine торговый флот merchant shipping ~ закон о торговом судоходстве military ~ военное право moral ~ закон морали municipal ~ внутреннее право страны municipal ~ внутригосударственное право, внутреннее право страны municipal ~ внутригосударственное право natural ~ естественное право natural ~ естественное правосудие necessity (или need) knows no ~ посл. нужда не знает закона normal probability ~ нормальный закон распределения observe the ~ соблюдать закон outside the ~ вне закона patent ~ закон о патентах patent ~ патентное право, патентный закон patent ~ патентное право patent ~ патентный закон penal ~ уголовное право person in ~ субъект права positive ~ действующее право positive ~ позитивное право ~ профессия юриста;
to follow the (или to go in for) law избрать профессию юриста;
to practise law быть юристом private international ~ международное частное право ~ юр. право;
юриспруденция;
law merchant торговое право;
private law гражданское право;
to read law изучать право law: private ~ закон, действующий в отношении конкретных лиц private ~ частное право private ~ частный закон;
закон, действующий в отношении конкретных лиц private ~ частный закон procedural ~ процессуальное право procedural ~ процесуальное право protection of ~ защита закона public international ~ публичное международное право public ~ публичное право public ~ публичный закон (закон, касающийся всего населения) ~ юр. право;
юриспруденция;
law merchant торговое право;
private law гражданское право;
to read law изучать право real ~ правовые нормы, относящиеся к недвижимости responsibility under ~ ответственность в соответствии с законом revenue ~ закон о налогах Roman ~ римское право Roman: ~ римский;
латинский;
Roman alphabet латинский алфавит;
Roman law юр. римское право sea ~ морское право statute ~ писаный закон (противоп. common law) statute ~ право, выраженное в законодательных актах statute ~ статутное право statutory ~ право, основанное на законодательных актах;
статутное право statutory ~ право, основанное на законодательных актах statutory ~ статутное право substantive ~ материальное право to take the ~ into one's own hands расправиться без суда tax ~ налоговое право trade marks ~ закон о товарных знаках transitional ~ временное законодательство transitional ~ закон, действующий в переходном периоде unwritten ~ неписаное право, прецедентное право unwritten ~ неписаный закон unwritten ~ общее неписаное право unwritten ~ прецедентное право unwritten: ~ law неписаный закон ~ law юр. прецедентное право usury ~ закон против ростовщичества violate the ~ нарушать закон Wagner's ~ закон Вагнера (согласно которому доля государственных расходов в нацональном доходе возрастает по мере прогресса экономического развития) within the ~ в рамках закона -
15 successible
[syksesibl] adjectif1. [qui a droit à la succession] entitled to inherit2. [qui donne droit à la succession]à défaut de parents au degré successible in the absence of relations close enough to inherit the estate————————[syksesibl] nom masculin et féminin -
16 закон
сущ.law; legislation; legislative act; statuteаннулировать (отменять) закон — to abrogate (annul, cancel, nullify, repeal, reverse, revoke) a law
вводить закон в действие — to enact (implement) a law; carry (put) a law into effect
издавать законы — to issue (make) laws; legislate
исполнять требования закона — to carry out (fulfil, implement) the requirements of a law
нарушать (преступать) закон — to abuse (break, contravene, defy, infringe, offend, transgress, violate) a law; be (find oneself) in trouble with a law
обходить закон — to circumvent (evade, go beyond) a law
отменять (аннулировать) закон — to abrogate (annul, cancel, nullify, repeal, reverse, revoke) a law
пренебрегать законом — to defy (dispense with, disregard, ignore) a law
преследовать по закону — ( в судебном порядке) to prosecute (sue) at law
применять закон — to apply (enforce, execute) a law
принимать закон — to adopt (enact, pass) a law
проводить законы в жизнь — to apply (enforce, execute) laws
противоречить закону — to conflict with (contradict, run counter to) a law
соблюдать закон — to abide by (adhere to, comply with) a law; honour (keep, observe) a law
ссылаться на закон — to invoke (the power of) law; plead a statute
в нарушение закона — in contravention (defiance, violation) of law
в предусмотренном (установленном) законом порядке — as established (provided for, stipulated) by law; in the manner prescribed by law
в силу закона — by operation of law; in virtue of law
в соответствии с законом — according to (the) law; in accordance (compliance, conformity) with (the) law; under the law
на основании закона — based on law; on the basis of law
по закону — by (in) law; under the law
издание законов — lawmaking; legislation
нарушение закона — abuse (breach) of a law; contravention (defiance, infringement) of a law; delict; law-breaking; offence against a law; transgression (violation) of a law
наследование по закону — hereditary (intestate) succession; succession by operation of (in virtue of) law
обратная сила закона — retroactivity of a law; retroactive (retrospective) effect (force) of a law
предусмотренный законом — legally provided; provided for (prescribed, stipulated) by law; statutory
приверженность закону (букве закона) — legalism; legality
применение закона (проведение закона в жизнь) — application (enforcement, execution) of a law; law-enforcement
проект закона — ( законопроект) bill; draft law
свод законов — code of laws; compiled (consolidated) laws (statutes); law-book; statute at large; statute book (roll); лат corpus juris
соблюдение закона — adherence to (compliance with, observance of) a law
закон, действующий в настоящее время — current (effective, existing, working) law (statute); operative (standing) law; law (statute) in effect (in force); law for the time being
закон, действующий в пределах штата — state-wide law
закон места заключения договора, закон места совершения договора — лат lex loci contractus
закон места совершения преступления, закон места совершения правонарушения — лат lex loci delicti commissi
закон, не применимый в принудительном порядке — unenforceable law
закон, предоставляющий средства судебной защиты — remedial law (statute)
закон, применимый в принудительном порядке — enforceable law
- закон домицилязакон, устанавливающий абсолютную ответственность — no-fault law
- закон, имеющий обратную силу
- закон, который не соблюдается
- закон места нахождения имущества
- закон места совершения действия
- закон наследования
- закон об авторском праве
- закон об адвокатуре
- закон об арбитраже
- закон об изобретениях
- закон об исковой давности
- закон об обеспечении занятости
- закон об открытиях
- закон об охране окружающей среды
- закон об охране труда
- закон о бюджетных ассигнованиях
- закон о гражданстве
- закон о налоговом обложении
- закон о несовершеннолетних
- закон о патентах
- закон о предпринимательстве
- закон о промышленных образцах
- закон о страховании
- закон о товарных знаках
- закон о труде
- закон прибавочной стоимости
- закон, принятый парламентом
- закон силы
- закон с истекающим сроком действия
- закон с обратной силой
- закон спроса и предложения
- закон флага
- законы и обычаи ведения войны
- законы и постановления
- законы конгресса
- законы общественного развития
- антитрестовский закон
- брачный закон
- внутренний закон
- гарантируемый законом
- гражданский закон
- действующий закон
- дискриминирующий закон
- единообразный закон
- жёсткий закон
- запретительный закон
- запрещённый законом
- зарегистрированный закон
- избирательный закон
- имеющий силу закона
- иммиграционный закон
- конституционный закон
- личный закон юридического лица
- наказуемый по закону
- нарушенный закон
- недействующий закон
- неопубликованный закон
- не подпадающий под действие закона
- непреложный закон
- нравственный закон
- обнародованный закон
- общий закон
- опубликованный закон
- основной закон
- охраняемый законом
- предусмотренный законом
- прежний закон
- применимый закон
- принятый закон
- разрешающий закон
- релевантный закон
- специальный закон
- справедливый закон
- строгий закон
- тарифный закон
- требующийся по закону
- уголовный закон
- управомоченный по закону
- установленный законом
- устаревший закон
- федеральный закон
- федеральный конституционный закон
- частный закон
- чрезвычайный закон -
17 право прав·о
юр.аннулировать права — to annul / to nullify rights
восстанавливать в правах — to rehabilitate (smb.)
давать право одному государству совершать действия на территории другого государства — to give to a state the right to perform certain acts on the territory of another state
дать (кому-л.) право — to give (smb.) a title
затрагивать (чьи-л.) права — to involve (smb.'s) rights
злоупотреблять (своими) правами — to abuse the rights
иметь право — to have / to possess the right (to), to be entitled (to), to be eligible (for); to be vested with the right
иметь право исповедовать любую религию или не исповедовать никакой — to have the right to profess or not to profess any religion
иметь право стать членом (какой-л. организации) — to be eligible for membership
лишиться / утрачивать права — to forfeit
наносить ущерб (чьим-л.) правам — to prejudice (smb.'s) rights
не иметь права вмешиваться в обсуждение (какого-л.) вопроса — to have no say in the matter, not to be entitled to the discussion
обладать правами — to enjoy / to have rights
обрести право — to qualify (for)
оговаривать право в отношении (чего-л.) — to reserve the right with regard (to smth.)
ограничивать права — to curtail / to restrict (smb.'s) rights
оспаривать право — to dispute / to contest a right
оставить (за собой) право сделать (что-л.) — to reserve the right to do (smth.)
осуществлять (свои) права — to exercise (one's) rights
отказать (кому-л.) в праве — to deny (smb.) the right
отказаться от (своего) права — to renounce / to resign / to abandon / to surrender (one's) right (to)
отказаться от права выступить — to forgo / to waive one's right to speak
отстаивать (свои) права — to assert / to stand upon (one's) rights
подтвердить права (жителей) — to underpin the rights (of inhabitants)
пользоваться правами — to exercise / to enjoy one's rights поступаться (своим) правом to waive (one's) right
посягать на (чьи-л.) права — to invade (smb's) rights, to infringe on / upon (smb.'s) rights
предоставлять права — to confer rights (upon), to grant / to accord / to give rights (to), to entitle, to enable, to empower
предоставлять (кому-л.) право сделать что-л. (преим. о законодательстве) — to enable (smb.) to do smth.
присваивать (себе) право — to arrogate (to oneself) a right
расширять права — to broaden / to expand the rights
реализовать (своё) право — to exercise (one's) right
сохранять (за собой) право сделать что-л. — to reserve the right (to do smth.)
требовать причитающегося по праву — to claim a / one's right
уважать права и законные интересы (других) лиц — to respect the rights and lawful interests of (other) persons
уравнивать в право ах — to give / to grand equal rights (to smb.), to equalize (smb.) in rights
урезать права — to curtail (smb.'s) rights
ущемлять права — to derogate from (smb.'s) right
ущемлять законные права и интересы — to infringe (on) ligitimate rights and interests
"бумажное право" (право, существующее на бумаге) — paper title
естественное право — natural law / right
законное право — legitimate right, valid title
борьба за законные права — struggle for (one's) legitimate rights
избирательное право — vote, electoral right, suffrage, elective franchise, electorship
всеобщее, равное и прямое избирательное право при тайном голосовании — universal, equal and direct suffrage by secret ballot
лишённый избирательного права — voteless, nonvoter
избирательное право для женщин — female / women's suffrage
лишение избирательных прав — deprivation of electoral rights, disenfranchisement
имеющий право быть избранным — electable, eligible
имеющий право выбирать — elective, eligible
имеющий право выдвижения собственной кандидатуры или избрания самого себя (на какой-л. пост, в члены организации) — self-elective
имущественные права — property rights, vested interests
исключительное право — exclusive / sole / prerogative right, monopoly, prerogative, absolute title
исключительное право на учреждение предприятия / фирмы — exclusive right of establishment
монопольное право — exclusive / monopoly / sole right
неотъемлемое право — inalienable / inherent / undeniable right
облекающий правом (преим. о законе) — enabling
общее / совместное право — right of common
основные права — basic / fundamental rights
особое право, предоставленное правительством или монархом — franchise
лишать политических прав — to denude / to deprive (smb.) of political rights
преимущественное право — preference, priority / underlying, preferential right, right of priority
признанные права — acquired / vested rights
на равных правах — enjoying / exercising equal rights
предоставить специальные права — to confer (on smb.) special rights
осуществлять (свои) суверенные права — to exercise (one's) sovereign rights
феодальное право ист. — feudal law
защита прав — defence / protection of rights
коллизия права (противоречие между нормами различных правовых систем по одному и тому же вопросу) — conflict of laws
лицо, имеющее право на обратный переход к нему имущества — reversioner
лица, ограниченные в праве передвижения — restrictees
лицо, отказавшееся от (каких-либо) прав в пользу другого лица — releasor
лицо, получившее право на возмещение ущерба — recoveror
нарушение / ущемление прав — infringement / violation of rights
отказ от прав — abandonment of rights, quitclaim
положение, принадлежащее по праву — rightful position
право ангарии, право воюющей стороны на захват — right of angary
право беспрепятственного / мирного прохода — right of innocent passage
право вето — right of veto, veto power, negative voice
право владения, пользования и распоряжения — right of possession, enjoyment and disposal
право выбирать (свой собственный) путь (развития) — right of nations to choose their own path / way (of development)
право выгрузки пассажиров, багажа, грузов и почты — right to discharge passengers, baggage, cargo and mail
право выезда / выхода — egress
право, выработанное судами — judge-made law
право, вытекающее из (факта) владения — title by possession
права, вытекающие из данного договора — rights under the treaty
право вышестоящего суда пересмотреть приговор или решение нижестоящего суда — appellate jurisdiction
право голоса / участия в выборах / голосовании — voting right, franchise one's right to vote
лишать права голоса — to exclude (smb.) from the poll, to deprive of the right to vote, to disfranchise
лишать выборщика права голоса — to disqualify an elector, to disfranchise
право государств на суверенитет над своими природными ресурсами — right of nations of sovereignty over their natural resources
равные права граждан всех рас и национальностей — equal rights of citizens of all races and nationalities
права заимствования / на получение кредита (в МВФ) — drawing rights (in IMF)
специальные права заимствования, СПЗ — special drawing rights, SDR
право заключать коллективные договоры — right to collective bargaining, right to conclude collective agreements
право законодательной инициативы — right of legislative initiative, power to initiate legislation
социально-экономические, политические и личные права и свободы — social, economic, political and personal rights and freedoms
право инспекции / осмотра — right of inspection
право мирного прохода через территориальные воды — freedom of inoffensive passage through the maritime belt
право на вмешательство / на интервенцию — right of intervention
право на возвращение (своих) природных ресурсов — right to reclaim (one's) natural resources
право на выход из состава участников (соглашения, договора и т.п.) — right of withdrawal
право на гражданство — right to citizenship / nationality
право на домовую церковь (для посла) / свободного отправления религиозного культа в особом помещении посольства или миссии — right of Chapel
право на жизнь, свободу и личную неприкосновенность — right to life, liberty and security of person
права на интеллектуальную и промышленную собственность — intellectual and industrial property rights
право на материальное обеспечение в старости в случае болезни и потери трудоспособности — right to material security in old age, sickness and disability
право на национализацию или передачу владения своим гражданам — right to nationalization or transfer of ownership to its nationals
право на ответ / на ответное слово — right of reply
используя право на ответ / в порядке осуществления права на ответ — in exercise of (one's) right of reply
отказаться от права на ответ — to waive (one's) right to reply
право на получение информации (журналистами) / право быть осведомлённым — right to know разг.
право на разработку минеральных ресурсов / полезных ископаемых — mineral rights
права на репатриацию иностранных капиталовложений / прибылей — repatriation right
право на самооборону — right of / to self-defence
право на свободу убеждений и свободное их выражение / свободу слова — right to freedom of opinion and expression
право на связь / на использование связи — right of communication
право на социальное обеспечение — right to social security / insurance
право на существование — right to exist, right of existence
иметь право на что-л. (в силу собственных заслуг, способностей, создавшегося положения) — in one's own right
право навигации / судоходства — navigation right
право народов на свободное и независимое развитие — right of nations to free and independent development
право наследования — right of succession / to inherit
право наций на самоопределение вплоть до государственного отделения — right of nations to self-determination up to and including separation
право обжаловать действия должностных лиц — the right to lodge a complaint against the actions of officials
право, основанное на давности (его использования) — prescriptive right
права, осуществляемые (по чьему-л.) полномочию — vicarious power / authority
права, относящиеся к предоставлению убежища — rights relating to asylum
право погрузки пассажиров, багажа, грузов и почты — right to pick up passengers, baggage, cargo and mail
право покидать любую страну, включая свою собственную, и возвращаться в свою страну — right to leave any country including one's own and to return to one's country
право по рождению / в силу происхождения — birthright
право посольства / представительства — right of legation
право, признанное судом справедливости — equities
право принимать и назначать дипломатических представителей — right of reception and mission of diplomatic envoys
право принимать пассажиров, направляющихся на территорию (какого-л.) государства — privilege to take on passengers for the territory of a state
право проезда / прохода — right of passage
право рыболовства — right of fishery / fishing
право свободно выбирать (себе) местожительство — right to freedom of residence
право свободного доступа (к чему-л.) — freedom of access (to smth.)
право собственности — title, property right, right of ownership
права собственности или квазисобственности — proprietary or quasi-proprietary rights
неоспоримое право собственности — marketable / merchantable / good title
право собственности, приобретённое завладением — title by occupancy
право ссылаться на основание недействительности договора — right to invoke a ground for invalidating a treaty
право ссылаться на основание прекращения договора — right to invoke a ground for terminating a treaty
право ссылаться на основание приостановления действия договора — right to invoke a ground for suspending the operation of a treaty
право транзита / транзитного прохода — right of transit
право убежища — right of asylum, rights of sanctuary, sanctuary rights
права человека — human rights, rights of mankind
защита прав человека — defence / protection of human rights
нарушение прав человека — repsession / supression / violation of human rights
право (на осуществление) юрисдикции — right of jurisdiction
утрата права на... — loss of a right to...
2) мн. (свидетельство) licence3) (совокупность законов и постановлений) law, ruleвнутригосударственное право — national law, municipal jurisprudence
государственное право — state / political / public / constitutional law
нарушения государственных или общественных прав и интересов — public wrongs
применяемое в вооружённых конфликтах гуманитарное право — humanitarian rules relating to armed conflicts
договорное право — law of treaties, contract law
дополнительное, субсидиарное право — appendant
каноническое право — canon law, the Canon
космическое право — outer space / cosmic law
крепостное право ист. — serfdom
кулачное право, право сильного — fist law
международное право — international law, law of nations
игнорировать общепризнанные нормы международного права — to disregard generally recognized norms of international law
несовместимость с нормами международного права — incompatibility with the norms / rules of international law
морское право — law of the sea, maritime / naval law
морское призовое право — maritime / naval prize
общее / обычное право — common / customary / consuetudinary law
прецедентное право — law of precedent, case law
торговое право — merchant / commercial law, law-merchant
уголовное право — criminal / penal law
нарушение / несоблюдение норм права — contempt of the law
-
18 exinde
ex-indē, and apocopated exin (like dein, proin, from deinde, proinde; cf.I.also: dein etiam saepe et exin pro deinde et exinde dicimus,
Cic. Or. 45, 154; also exim, like him, illim, istim; acc. to the best MSS. in Enn. ap. Fest. p. 356, 4; Plaut. Poen. 3, 6, 9; Lucr. 3, 160; Verg. A. 7, 341; 8, 306; 12, 92; Tac. A. 14, 48 al.; M. Aurel. ad Fronto, p. 54; cf. exsim, eutheôs, Gloss. Philox.; v. Lachm. ad Lucr. p. 148; Wagn. ad Verg. A. 7, 341, and tom. 5, p. 437; v. Ritschl, Rhein. Mus. 7, 472 sqq.; Lorenz ad Plaut. Most. 218), adv., from there, from that place, thence (freq., but not in Ter., Caes., or Quint.).In space (very rare;B.not in Cic.): utcumque in alto ventus est, Epidice, exin velum vortitur,
from there, thence, Plaut. Ep. 1, 1, 47; id. Poen. 3, 6, 9:si servus cujusquam in ecclesiam altariave armatus... irruerit, exinde protinus abstrahatur,
Cod. Just. 1, 12, 4:regionem Commagenam, exim Cappadociam, inde Armenios petivit,
Tac. A. 15, 12.—Transf., in (local) succession, after that, next in order, next:II.at vero quanta maris est pulchritudo!... exin mari finitimus aër, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 39, 101: hinc Equus summum contingit caput alvo... exin contortis Aries cum cornibus haeret, id. poët. ib. 2, 43, 111:auxiliares Galli Germanique in fronte, post quos pedites sagittarii, dein quatuor legiones... exin totidem aliae legiones,
Tac. A. 2, 16.In time, after that, thereafter, then: exin compellare pater me voce videtur, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 45, ed. Vahl.): POPULI PARTES IN TRIBUS DISTRIBUUNTO;b.EXIN PECUNIAS, AEVITATES, ORDINES PARTIUNTO,
Cic. Leg. 3, 3, 7:exin cuidam rustico Romano dormienti visus est venire qui diceret, etc.... exin filium ejus esse mortuum, etc.,
id. Div. 1, 26, 55: quisque suos patimur Manes;exinde per amplum Mittimur Elysium,
Verg. A. 6, 743:ad Mundam exinde castra Punica mota,
Liv. 24, 42, 1.—After ubi or postquam (cf. deinde, II. d.):B.ostium ubi conspexi, exinde me ilico protinam dedi,
Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 84:postquam alium repperit... me exinde amovit loco,
id. Truc. 1, 1, 63.—Transf.1.In an enumeration or succession of events, after that, then, next, furthermore (cf. deinde, II. A. b.): pone petunt, exim referunt ad pectora tonsas, Enn. s. v. tonsam, p. 356 Müll. (Ann. v. 236, ed. Vahl.): incenditque animum famae venientis amore;2.Exin bella viro memorat, quae, etc.,
Verg. A. 6, 891:exin se cuncti divinis rebus ad urbem Perfectis referunt,
id. ib. 8, 306; Liv. 31, 4, 4; 31, 6, 2; 37, 47, 8; 40, 35, 2;42, 9, 8: Suillio corruptionem militum... exin adulterium Poppaeae, ac postremum mollitiam corporis objectante,
Tac. A. 11, 2; cf. id. ib. 15, 41.—In late Lat., i. q. ex illo tempore, from that time, since then:III.quem morem vestis exinde gens universa tenet,
Just. 1, 2:cum post motam et omissam quaestionem res ad nova dominia bona fide transierint, et exinde novi viginti anni intercesserint, etc.,
Cod. Just. 7, 33; Dig. 10, 1, 4; 41, 6, 4; 49, 15, 12.—With ut, cum, ex quo:exinde, ut curiam participare coepi,
App. Mag. p. 289; so,exinde ut,
id. M. 2, p. 120:exinde cum ex astu a magistro digressi sumus,
id. ib. 1, p. 113:videri legatum habere jurisdictionem non exinde, ex quo mandata est, sed, etc.,
Dig. 1, 16, 4, § 6; 5, 1, 67; Cod. Just. 2, 22; 4, 32.—In other relations, in which a going out or forth takes place.A.(Acc. to ex, III. E.) To indicate the origin or occasion of an event (post-class.), thence:B.nec quicquam idonei lucri exinde cepimus, sed vulnera,
App. M. 6, p. 184; Cod. Just. 1, 3, 35: quodcumque exinde incommodum ecclesiae contigerit, ib. 1, 2, 14.—(Acc. to ex, III. H.) To indicate a rule, measure, or standard, hence, accordingly (anteclass.): proinde ut quisque fortuna utitur, ita praecellet;atque exinde sapere eum omnes dicimus,
Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 14; cf.:ut fama 'st homini, exin solet pecuniam invenire,
id. Most. 1, 3, 71; id. Truc. 1, 1, 64; id. Poen. 3, 5, 9; id. Ep. 1, 1, 47:ad molas alii asellis, alii vaccis ac mulis utuntur, exinde ut pabuli facultas est,
according as, Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 4. -
19 ἐπί
ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)Aἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.A WITH GEN.:I of Place,1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
;ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
;ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
;κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
;ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
;ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
;ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
;οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
;πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.;ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.);νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
;ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.);οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
;τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
;ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns,ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
;ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
;ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
;ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; alsoαὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X.,ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
;ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official,ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
;τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
;πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
;ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
;αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.;τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
;τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
;τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
;οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
;ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.;ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; .3 implying Motion:a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
;τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.εἰς A.1.2
,ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
;τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
;πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to..,Pl.
Prt. 358b; cf. infr. B. 111.2.II of Time, in the time of,ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332;ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
;ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36;αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.);ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.III in various causal senses:1 over, of persons in authority,ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
;οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
;ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
:ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; alsoἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
;ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
;ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
;ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
;ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
;ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).4 in respect of,ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).B WITH DAT.:I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):1 with Verbs of Rest,ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
;ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
;στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
;κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
;ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, (v.l. for ἐν); ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
;τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
;ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
;ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near,ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
;ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.;ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
;ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; ; also, over or in honour of,ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
;ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
;δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
;ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308;ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals,τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνονἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
;παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.g. in dependence upon, in the power of,τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
;ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
;ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.;ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; (lyr.);ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
;ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
;ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
;ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.2. with Verbs of Motion:a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
;θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
;καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.ψαμάθοις 23.853
;ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμαςβαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
;καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ'ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273;νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοιἈκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
;ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
;ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
;κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
;ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινιτετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13;ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
;ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδιἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).III. in various causal senses:1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνεινἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
;ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
;ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ.δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.2. of an end or purpose,υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
;ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
;ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.);ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
;ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.;τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαίτινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
;τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of..,ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.4. of the price for which..,ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
;ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνουκεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
;ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
;δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
;ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; soὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖνἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
;οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
;σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳστρατεύματι Th.6.29
;ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
;οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
;ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.7. in possession of, possessing,ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
;ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.C. WITH Acc.:I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶνὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
;προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππωνἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
;θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).2. to,ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.τεῖχος 12.443
;ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
;ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
;ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ.τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers.,βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
;παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
;ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴντράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
;ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλωνἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσονἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ.πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
;ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατονἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.4. in hostile sense, against,ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
;ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσἈθηναίους Th.2.90
;πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶταθαλάσσης 2.159
;ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
;ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on,δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
;ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among,κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535;δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.II. of Time, for or during a certain time,ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193:πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
;παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
;ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
;ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ'ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιοςκαὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
;οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.III. in various causal senses:1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
;ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555;κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
;κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
;κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.;καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσανἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434;ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμοςἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun,ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.2. so far as regards,τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
;ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπανξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
;κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ.μέγα Call.Dian.55
.3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺςκαθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.;ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέταιοἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπαςἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴἐπέων 11.367
;ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).G. IN COMPOSITION:I. of Place, denoting,2. Motion,b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.c. against,ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.III. in causal senses:1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω. -
20 law
[̈ɪlɔ:]abortion law закон об абортах action at law судебный иск adjective law процессуальное право administrative law административное право admiralty law военно-морское право admiralty law морское право adoption law сем.право закон об усыновлении и удочерении agreement law закон о соглашениях antisymmetric law несимметричный закон antitrust law антитрестовский закон banking law банковский закон banking law законодательство о банках bend the law подчиняться закону beyond the law вне закона binomial law биномиальный закон blanket law общий закон blue law закон, регулирующий режим воскресного дня (США) blue-sky law закон, регулирующий выпуск и продажу акций и ценных бумаг (США) break the law нарушать закон bulk sales law закон о массовых продажах business law право, регулирующее область деловых отношений business law торговое право by law по закону by operation of law в силу закона canonical law церковное право case in law судебное дело в сфере общего права case law прецедентное право cause in law судебное дело church law церковное право civil procedural law гражданское процессуальное право commentary on law толкование закона common law юр. неписанный закон common law юр. общее право; обычное право; некодифицированное право common law общее право common law обычное право, некодифицированное право Community law закон Европейского экономического сообщества company law закон о компаниях company law право, регулирующее деятельность акционерных компаний comparative law сравнительное право competent before the law правомочный constitutional law конституционное право, государственное право constitutional law конституционное право constitutional law конституционный закон consular law консульское право control law закон о надзоре corporation law закон о корпорациях criminal law of procedure судопроизводство по уголовным делам criminal law of procedure уголовное судопроизводство crown law уголовное право ecclesiastical law церковное право economic law экономический закон emergency law чрезвычайное законодательство equal protection of the law равенство перед законом equality before the law равенство перед законом exemption law прецедентное право exponential law экспоненциальный закон extraterritorial law экстерриториальный закон family law семейное право financial law финансовое законодательство fiscal law закон о налогообложении fiscal law налоговое право fiscal law финансовый закон framework law общий закон gap in law пробел в праве Germanic law тевтонский закон to give (the) law (to smb.) навязать (кому-л.) свою волю global law всеобщий закон to go beyond the law совершить противозаконный поступок good law действующее право to have (или to take) the law (of smb.) привлечь (кого-л.) к суду he is a law unto himself для него не существует никаких законов, кроме собственного мнения to hold good in law быть юридически обоснованным housing law юр. жилищное законодательство hyperexponential law гиперэкспоненциальный закон in law по закону, законно in law по закону indispensable law закон, не допускающий исключений industrial law закон о промышленности industrial law производственное право industrial property law закон о промышленной собственности industrial relations law закон о внутрипроизводственных отношениях infringe the law нарушать закон insurance law закон о страховании intellectual property law закон об интеллектуальной собственности internal law внутреннее право international law международное право issue in law спорный вопрос права, спор о праве to keep within the law придерживаться закона within: to come law the terms of reference относиться к ведению, к компетенции; to keep within the law не выходить из рамок закона labour law закон о труде labour law трудовое право landmark law право защиты law = lawk(s) law закон law закон; Mendeleyev's law периодическая система элементов Менделеева law attr. законный; юридический; правовой; law school юридическая школа; юридический факультет law общее право law (the law) разг. полиция, полицейский law правило; the laws of tennis правила игры в теннис law правило law юр. право; юриспруденция; law merchant торговое право; private law гражданское право; to read law изучать право law право (в объективном смысле) law право law правоведение law спорт. преимущество, предоставляемое противнику (в состязании и т. п.); перен. передышка; отсрочка; поблажка law профессия юриста; to follow the (или to go in for) law избрать профессию юриста; to practise law быть юристом law профессия юриста law суд, судебный процесс; to be at law (with smb.) быть в тяжбе (с кем-л.); to go to law подать в суд; начать судебный процесс law суд law судебный процесс law судейское сословие Law: Law: law of Property Act Закон о праве собственности (Великобритания) law: law: law of succession наследственное право law analogy правовая аналогия law and order правопорядок order: law and law законность и правопорядок law in force действующее право law in force действующий закон law юр. право; юриспруденция; law merchant торговое право; private law гражданское право; to read law изучать право merchant: law law торговое право, обычное торговое право law of accidental error закон случайных ошибок law of bills and promissory notes закон о счетах и простых векселях law of business property закон о собственности компании law of causality закон причинности law of contract договорное право, договорно-обязательственное право law of contract договорное право law of criminal procedure процессуальное уголовное право law of demand закон спроса law of diminishing return "закон убывающего плодородия" law of diminishing returns закон убывающей доходности law of enforceable rights закон о праве принудительного осуществления в судебном порядке law of enforceable rights закон об обеспечении правовой санкции law of evidence доказательственное право law of evidence система судебных доказательств law of large numbers закон больших чисел law of nations международное право law of obligation обязательственное право law of persons личное право law of probabilitys законы вероятности law of procedure процессуальное право law of property вещное право law of property право собственности law: law of succession наследственное право law of the sea морское право law of variable proportions закон переменных соотношений law of wages закон о фондах заработной платы law attr. законный; юридический; правовой; law school юридическая школа; юридический факультет school: law law юридическая школа law law юридический факультет университета law = lawk(s) lawk(s): lawk(s) int разг. неужто? laws: laws = lawk(s) law правило; the laws of tennis правила игры в теннис local government law закон местной власти loop-hole in law лазейка в законе mandatory law обязательный закон maritime law морское право martial law военное положение martial law военное право martial: martial военный; martial law военное положение mathematical frequency law вчт. математический закон распределения matrimonial property law закон о собственности супругов law закон; Mendeleyev's law периодическая система элементов Менделеева mercantile law торговое право, обычное торговое право mercantile law торговое право mercantile: law торговый; коммерческий; mercantile law торговое законодательство; mercantile marine торговый флот merchant shipping law закон о торговом судоходстве military law военное право moral law закон морали municipal law внутреннее право страны municipal law внутригосударственное право, внутреннее право страны municipal law внутригосударственное право natural law естественное право natural law естественное правосудие necessity (или need) knows no law посл. нужда не знает закона normal probability law нормальный закон распределения observe the law соблюдать закон outside the law вне закона patent law закон о патентах patent law патентное право, патентный закон patent law патентное право patent law патентный закон penal law уголовное право person in law субъект права positive law действующее право positive law позитивное право law профессия юриста; to follow the (или to go in for) law избрать профессию юриста; to practise law быть юристом private international law международное частное право law юр. право; юриспруденция; law merchant торговое право; private law гражданское право; to read law изучать право law: private law закон, действующий в отношении конкретных лиц private law частное право private law частный закон; закон, действующий в отношении конкретных лиц private law частный закон procedural law процессуальное право procedural law процесуальное право protection of law защита закона public international law публичное международное право public law публичное право public law публичный закон (закон, касающийся всего населения) law юр. право; юриспруденция; law merchant торговое право; private law гражданское право; to read law изучать право real law правовые нормы, относящиеся к недвижимости responsibility under law ответственность в соответствии с законом revenue law закон о налогах Roman law римское право Roman: law римский; латинский; Roman alphabet латинский алфавит; Roman law юр. римское право sea law морское право statute law писаный закон (противоп. common law) statute law право, выраженное в законодательных актах statute law статутное право statutory law право, основанное на законодательных актах; статутное право statutory law право, основанное на законодательных актах statutory law статутное право substantive law материальное право to take the law into one's own hands расправиться без суда tax law налоговое право trade marks law закон о товарных знаках transitional law временное законодательство transitional law закон, действующий в переходном периоде unwritten law неписаное право, прецедентное право unwritten law неписаный закон unwritten law общее неписаное право unwritten law прецедентное право unwritten: law law неписаный закон law law юр. прецедентное право usury law закон против ростовщичества violate the law нарушать закон Wagner's law закон Вагнера (согласно которому доля государственных расходов в нацональном доходе возрастает по мере прогресса экономического развития) within the law в рамках закона
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
Succession au trône d'Espagne — Succession d Espagne (1701 1883) Cet article couvre les années de 1701 à 1883 (Début de la Guerre de succession d Espagne à la prétention au trône de France du Comte de Paris le 24 août 1883. Pour les années de 1680 à 1701 : Voir Succession… … Wikipédia en Français
Succession au trône de France — Succession d Espagne (1701 1883) Cet article couvre les années de 1701 à 1883 (Début de la Guerre de succession d Espagne à la prétention au trône de France du Comte de Paris le 24 août 1883. Pour les années de 1680 à 1701 : Voir Succession… … Wikipédia en Français
Succession d'espagne (1701-1883) — Cet article couvre les années de 1701 à 1883 (Début de la Guerre de succession d Espagne à la prétention au trône de France du Comte de Paris le 24 août 1883. Pour les années de 1680 à 1701 : Voir Succession d Espagne (1680 1701) Pour la… … Wikipédia en Français
Relations entre l'Allemagne et la France — Relations entre l Allemagne et la France … Wikipédia en Français
Relations entre l'Allemagne et l'Autriche — Relations entre l Allemagne et l Autriche … Wikipédia en Français
succession — [ syksesjɔ̃ ] n. f. • 1200; lat. successio « fait de venir à la place » → succéder I ♦ 1 ♦ Dr. Transmission du patrimoine laissé par une personne décédée (l auteur) à une ou plusieurs personnes vivantes (les ayants cause); manière dont se fait… … Encyclopédie Universelle
Succession ecologique — Succession écologique La recolonisation d un milieu perturbé passe par différents stades, du stade pionnier au stade théorique du climax. Ici, le boisement par des essences pionnières commence à gagner sur la strate herbacée. Une succession… … Wikipédia en Français
Succession primaire — Succession écologique La recolonisation d un milieu perturbé passe par différents stades, du stade pionnier au stade théorique du climax. Ici, le boisement par des essences pionnières commence à gagner sur la strate herbacée. Une succession… … Wikipédia en Français
Succession secondaire — Succession écologique La recolonisation d un milieu perturbé passe par différents stades, du stade pionnier au stade théorique du climax. Ici, le boisement par des essences pionnières commence à gagner sur la strate herbacée. Une succession… … Wikipédia en Français
Succession d'espagne (1680-1701) — Cet article couvre la période 1680 1701, de la spéculation des puissances européennes pendant le règne de Charles II au début de la Guerre de Succession d Espagne. La succession d Espagne est la grande préoccupation des cours européennes à la fin … Wikipédia en Français
Succession hiérarchique — Succession apostolique La succession apostolique désigne la transmission, par les apôtres, à des successeurs, de l’autorité et des pouvoirs reçus de Jésus de Nazareth. De ce fait, ces successeurs s estiment seuls habilités à enseigner et à… … Wikipédia en Français